Federal Register final rules — 1996-04-25

issue-1996-04-25Federal Register final rules — 1996-04-25Regulation

Published Federal Register documents, not public-inspection drafts. The GPO XML/text rendition is a research aid; the linked complete official PDF retains the printed layout and all graphics. Graphics are retained in that PDF and are not independently reproduced in this text rendition. Publication does not establish that every provision remains legally in force.

FR Doc. 96-9995 Large Multiple-tube Fireworks Devices; Correction
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Page 18245]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9995]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY COMMISSION

16 CFR Parts 1500 and 1507

Large Multiple-tube Fireworks Devices; Correction

AGENCY: Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC).

ACTION: Final rule; correction.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: CPSC is correcting errors in its amendment to the fireworks 
regulations under the Federal Hazardous Substances Act that appeared in 
the Federal Register on March 26, 1996 (61 FR 13084). Those amendments 
will require that large multiple-tube fireworks devices that have any 
tube with an inner diameter of 1.5 inches (3.8 cm) or greater not tip 
over when inclined at an angle of 60 degrees from the horizontal.

EFFECTIVE DATE: March 26, 1997.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Samuel B. Hall, Office of Compliance, 
Consumer Product Safety Commission, Washington, DC 20207-0001; 
telephone (301) 504-0400, ext. 1371.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On March 26, 1996, the CPSC published an 
amendment to the fireworks regulations under the Federal Hazardous 
Substances Act (61 FR 13084). Those amendments will require that large 
multiple-tube fireworks devices that have any tube with an inner 
diameter of 1.5 inches (3.8 cm) or greater not tip over when inclined 
at an angle of 60 degrees from the horizontal. This requirement is 
intended to reduce the risk of injury posed when these fireworks 
devices tip over during firing. If they tip over, subsequent tubes may 
discharge in the direction of spectators or others in the vicinity. The 
amendment will become effective March 26, 1997.
    The errors occur in new paragraph 16 CFR 1500.17(a)(12(i), at page 
13095 of the Federal Register document of March 26, 1996. One of the 
errors correctly stated that the requirement would apply to the subject 
devices that first enter commerce or are imported on or after the date 
that is 1 year after publication. However, that paragraph should 
instead have stated the actual date (March 26, 1997).
    The second error is that the reference to the minimum tip angle as 
``greater than 60 degrees'' should have read ``less than 60 degrees''.
    Accordingly, the following correction is made in the listing of 
banned hazardous substances at 16 CFR 1500.17(a)(12)(i) published in 
the Federal Register on March 26, 1996 (61 FR 13084):
    1. Section 1500.17(a)(12)(i) on page 13095, column 3, is correctly 
revised to read as follows:

Sec. 1500.17  Banned hazardous substances

    (a) * * *
    (12)(i) Large multiple-tube devices. Multiple-tube mine and shell 
fireworks devices that first enter commerce or are imported on or after 
March 26, 1997, that have any tube measuring 1.5 inches (3.8 cm) or 
more in inner diameter, and that have a minimum tip angle less than 60 
degrees when tested in accordance with the procedure of Sec. 1507.12 of 
this part.
* * * * *
    Dated: April 17, 1996.
Sadye E. Dunn,
Secretary, Consumer Product Safety Commission.
[FR Doc. 96-9995 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6355-01-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-9834 Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants Addition of Method 29 to Appendix A of Part 60 and Amendments to Method 101A of Appendix B of Part 61
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18260-18280]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9834]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Parts 60 and 61

[AD-FRL 5407-4]

Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources National 
Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants Addition of Method 29 
to Appendix A of Part 60 and Amendments to Method 101A of Appendix B of 
Part 61

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This rule adds Method 29, ``Determination of Metals Emissions 
from Stationary Sources,'' to Appendix A of Part 60, and makes 
amendments to Method 101A of Appendix B of Part 61. Method 29 is being 
added so that it can be used to determine cadmium, lead, and mercury 
emissions from municipal waste combustors (MWC) under subpart Ea of 
part 60. The amendments to Method 101A of appendix B of part 61 are to 
expand that method's applicability, and to revise procedures for 
handling and analyzing samples collected by the sampling train.

EFFECTIVE DATE: April 25, 1996.
    Incorporation by Reference. The incorporation by reference of 
certain publications listed in the regulation is approved by the 
Director of the Office of the Federal Register April 25, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Docket. Docket No. A-94-28, containing materials relevant to 
this rulemaking, is available for public inspection and copying between 
8:30 a.m. and Noon, and 1:30 and 3:30 p.m.,

[[Page 18261]]

Monday through Friday, at EPA's Air And Docket Section, Room M1500, 
First Floor, Waterside Mall, Gallery 1, 401 M Street, S.W., Washington, 
D.C. 20460. A reasonable fee may be charged for copying.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
William Grimley at (919) 541-1065, Source Characterization Group B (MD-
19), Emissions, Monitoring, and Analysis Division, U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

I. The Rulemaking

    Under Subparts Ca and Ea, the EPA promulgated guidelines and 
standards to regulate mercury, cadmium, and lead emissions from MWC's 
which were published in the Federal Register on December 19, 1995 (see 
60 FR 65382). Method 29 is being promulgated for addition to Appendix A 
of 40 CFR Part 60 and will serve as the compliance test method for 
mercury, cadmium, and lead. Amendments to Method 101A of Appendix B of 
Part 61 are being promulgated to provide consistency with Method 29. 
These regulations were proposed on September 20, 1994 (see 59 FR 
48259).

II. Public Participation

    The opportunity to hold a public hearing on October 20, 1994 at 10 
a.m. was present in the proposal notice, but no one wanted to make an 
oral presentation. The public comment period was from September 21, 
1994 to November 21, 1994.

III. Significant Comments and Changes to the Proposed Rulemaking

    One comment letter was received from the proposed rulemaking. The 
comments and responses are summarized in this preamble.
    The first comment dealt with the analytical detection limits stated 
in Method 29. The commenter believes the detection limits are 
unrealistically low, and represent values achievable only under ideal 
conditions. The commenter concludes by saying that the method should 
state that it is the analyst's responsibility to determine the actual 
detection limit achieved.
    The detection limits stated in Method 29 are those listed in the 
SW-846 methods manual, and EPA believes they are reasonable ones for 
use in this application of SW-846 analytical methods. However, Method 
29 as proposed is clear in its discussion of the application of quality 
assurance procedures to document the quality of the data actually 
produced, and is also clear in the description of the procedure to be 
used to establish the actual detection limits achieved during the 
measurement of emissions.
    The second comment addressed the point that dilution is likely to 
be effective in avoiding the analytical problem of spectral 
interference only if the analyte is present at a much greater 
concentration than the interferant. The commenter then suggests that 
Method 29 be revised to say that the effective way to adjust for 
spectral interference is by making background corrections or overlap 
corrections.
    The EPA agrees with this comment, and Section 2.5 of the Method has 
been revised to permit these corrective techniques.
    The third comment addressed the use of an alumina torch in the 
inductively coupled argon plasma (ICAP) emission spectroscopy 
procedure. The commenter believes that few ICAP users have this 
capability, and that an alternative technique for dealing with hydrogen 
fluoride could be suggested in the Method.
    The EPA notes that the use of an alumina torch in this procedure 
has been described in related methodology for several years and is 
commercially available and is in use by many analysts. The alternative 
procedure suggested in the comment may be suitable if the detection 
limits needed in the particular emission measurement situation can be 
met.
    The fourth comment addressed the required purity of the nickel 
nitrate used to produce the nickel nitrate matrix modifier. The 
commenter suggests that commercial nickel nitrate may contain small 
amounts of impurities.
    The EPA is not aware of instances where commercial nickel nitrate 
that would be purchased for this purpose would contain objectionable 
amounts of impurities, however the Method has been revised to permit 
other nickel compounds of suitable purity to be used.
    The fifth and final comment made a general statement concerning the 
length and complexity of the Method, with the commenter suggesting that 
the EPA should attempt to streamline and simplify the Method in order 
to make it less costly and easier to use.
    The EPA recognizes the need to simplify methods to reduce costs, 
and believes that to meet the needed quality of the data to be 
generated by Method 29, that the best possible effort has been made.

IV. Administrative Requirements

A. Docket

    The docket is an organized and complete file of all the information 
submitted to or otherwise considered by the EPA in the development of 
this final rulemaking. The principal purposes of the docket are: (1) to 
allow interested parties to identify and locate documents so that they 
can effectively participate in the rulemaking process, and (2) to serve 
as the record in case of judicial review (except for interagency review 
materials) [Section 307(d)(7)(A)].

B. Office of Management and Budget Review

1. Paperwork Reduction Act
    This rule does not contain any information collection requirements 
subject to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) review under the 
Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.
2. Executive Order 12866 Review
    Under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993), the EPA 
must determine whether the regulatory action is ``significant'' and 
therefore subject to the OMB review and the requirements of the 
Executive Order. The Order defines ``significant'' regulatory action as 
one that is likely to lead to a rule that may:
    1. Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more, or 
adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the 
economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public 
health or safety, or State, local or tribal governments or communities;
    2. Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an 
action taken or planned by another agency;
    3. Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, 
users fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of 
recipients thereof; or
    4. Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal 
mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in 
the Executive Order.
    Pursuant to the terms of Executive Order 12866, the EPA does not 
consider this action to be significant because it does not involve any 
of the above mentioned items.

D. Unfunded Mandates Act

    Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (``Unfunded 
Mandates Act'') (signed into law on March 22, 1995) requires that the 
Agency prepare a budgetary impact statement before promulgating a rule 
that includes a Federal mandate

[[Page 18262]]

that may result in expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, 
in aggregate, or by the private sector of $100 million or more in any 
one year. Section 204 requires the Agency to establish a plan for 
obtaining input from and informing, educating, and advising any small 
governments that may be significantly or uniquely affected by the rule.
    Under section 205 of the Unfunded Mandates Act, the Agency must 
identify and consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives 
before promulgating a rule for which a budgetary impact statement must 
be prepared. The agency must select from those alternatives the least 
costly, most cost-effective, or least burdensome alternative that 
achieves the objectives of the rule, unless the Agency explains why 
this alternative is not selected or the selection of this alternative 
is inconsistent with law.
    Because this rule is estimated to result in the expenditure by 
State, local, and tribal governments or the private sector of less than 
$100 million in any one year, the Agency has not prepared a budgetary 
impact statement or specifically addressed the selection of the least 
costly, most cost-effective, or least burdensome alternative. Because 
small governments will not be significantly or uniquely affected by 
this rule, the Agency is not required to develop a plan with regard to 
small governments.

E. Regulatory Flexibility Act Compliance

    Pursuant to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 601 et seq., I hereby 
certify that this final rule will not have an economic impact on small 
entities because no additional costs will be incurred.

List of Subjects in 40 CFR Parts 60 and 61

    Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Arsenic, Asbestos, 
Beryllium, Cadmium, Lead, Hazardous materials, Incorporation by 
reference, Intergovernmental relations, Mercury, Municipal waste 
combustors, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sewage sludge 
incineration.

    Statutory Authority. The statutory authority for this final rule 
is provided by sections 101, 111, 112, 114, 116, 129, and 301 of the 
Clean Air Act, as amended; 42 U.S.C., 7401, 7411, 7412, 7414, 7416, 
7429, and 7601.

    Dated: January 18, 1996.
Carol M. Browner,
Administrator.
    40 CFR parts 60 and 61 are amended as follows:

PART 60--[AMENDED]

    1. The authority citation for part 60 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401, 7411, 7412, 7414, 7416, and 7601.

    2. Section 60.17 is amended by revising paragraph (a)(22) and by 
adding paragraphs (i) and (j) to read as follows:

Sec. 60.17  Incorporations by reference.

* * * * *
    (a) * * *

    (22) ASTM D 1193-77, Standard Specification for Reagent Water, 
for appendix A to part 60, Method 6, par. 3.1.1; Method 7, par. 
3.2.2; Method 7C, par. 3.1.1; Method 7D, par. 3.1.1; Method 8, par. 
3.1.3; Method 12, par. 4.1.3; Method 25D, par. 3.2.2.4; Method 26A, 
par. 3.1.1; Method 29, pars. 4.2.2., 4.4.2., and 4.5.6.
* * * * *
    (i) Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical 
Methods,'' EPA Publication SW-846 Third Edition (November 1986), as 
amended by Updates I (July, 1992), II (September 1994), IIA (August, 
1993), and IIB (January, 1995). Test Method are incorporated by 
reference for appendix A to part 60, Method 29, pars. 2.2.1; 2.3.1; 
2.5; 3.3.12.1; 3.3.12.2; 3.3.13; 3.3.14; 5.4.3; 6.2; 6.3; 7.2.1; 7.2.3; 
and Table 29-2. The Third Edition of SW-846 and Updates I, II, IIA, and 
IIB (document number 955-001-00000-1) are available from the 
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, 
Washington, DC 20402, (202) 512-1800. Copies may be obtained from the 
Library of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street, SW., 
Washington, DC 20460.
    (j) Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 
16th edition, 1985. Method 303F Determination of Mercury by the Cold 
Vapor Technique. This document may be obtained from the American Public 
Health Association, 1015 18th Street, NW., Washington, DC 20036, and is 
incorporated by reference for Method 29, pars 5.4.3; 6.3; and 7.2.3 of 
appendix A to part 60.
    3. In part 60, by adding method 29 to appendix A to read as 
follows:

Appendix A--Test Methods

* * * * *

Method 29--Determination of Metals Emissions from Stationary 
Sources

1. Applicability and Principle

    1.1  Applicability. This method is applicable to the 
determination of antimony (Sb), arsenic (As), barium (Ba), beryllium 
(Be), cadmium (Cd), chromium (Cr), cobalt (Co), copper (Cu), lead 
(Pb), manganese (Mn), mercury (Hg), nickel (Ni), phosphorus (P), 
selenium (Se), silver (Ag), thallium (T1), and zinc (Zn) emissions 
from stationary sources. This method may be used to determine 
particulate emissions in addition to the metals emissions if the 
prescribed procedures and precautions are followed.
    1.1.1  Hg emissions can be measured, alternatively, using EPA 
Method 101A of Appendix B, 40 CFR Part 61. Method 101-A measures 
only Hg but it can be of special interest to sources which need to 
measure both Hg and Mn emissions.
    1.2  Principle. A stack sample is withdrawn isokinetically from 
the source, particulate emissions are collected in the probe and on 
a heated filter, and gaseous emissions are then collected in an 
aqueous acidic solution of hydrogen peroxide (analyzed for all 
metals including Hg) and an aqueous acidic solution of potassium 
permanganate (analyzed only for Hg). The recovered samples are 
digested, and appropriate fractions are analyzed for Hg by cold 
vapor atomic absorption spectroscopy (CVAAS) and for Sb, As, Ba, Be, 
Cd, Cr, Co, Cu, Pb, Mn, Ni, P, Se, Ag, Tl, and Zn by inductively 
coupled argon plasma emission spectroscopy (ICAP) or atomic 
absorption spectroscopy (AAS). Graphite furnace atomic absorption 
spectroscopy (GFAAS) is used for analysis of Sb, As, Cd, Co, Pb, Se, 
and Tl if these elements require greater analytical sensitivity than 
can be obtained by ICAP. If one so chooses, AAS may be used for 
analysis of all listed metals if the resulting in-stack method 
detection limits meet the goal of the testing program. Similarly, 
inductively coupled plasma-mass spectroscopy (ICP-MS) may be used 
for analysis of Sb, As, Ba, Be, Cd, Cr, Co, Cu, Pb, Mn, Ni, As, Tl 
and Zn.

2. Range, Detection Limits, Precision, and Interferences

    2.1  Range. For the analysis described and for similar analyses, 
the ICAP response is linear over several orders of magnitude. 
Samples containing metal concentrations in the nanograms per ml (ng/
ml) to micrograms per ml (g/ml) range in the final 
analytical solution can be analyzed using this method. Samples 
containing greater than approximately 50 g/ml As, Cr, or Pb 
should be diluted to that level or lower for final analysis. Samples 
containing greater than approximately 20 g/ml of Cd should 
be diluted to that level before analysis.
    2.2  Analytical Detection Limits. (Note: See section 2.3 for the 
description of in-stack detection limits.)
    2.2.1  ICAP analytical detection limits for the sample solutions 
(based on Method 6010 in EPA Publication SW-846, Third Edition 
(November 1986) including updates I, II, IIA, and IIB, as 
incorporated by reference in Sec. 60.17(i)) are approximately as 
follows: Sb (32 ng/ml), As (53 ng/ml), Ba (2 ng/ml), Be (0.3 ng/ml), 
Cd (4 ng/ml), Cr (7 ng/ml), Co (7 ng/ml), Cu (6 ng/ml), Pb (42 ng/
ml), Mn (2 ng/ml), Ni (15 ng/ml), P (75 ng/ml), Se (75 ng/ml), Ag (7 
ng/ml), Tl (40 ng/ml), and Zn (2 ng/ml). ICP-MS analytical detection 
limits (based on based on Method 6020 in EPA Publication SW-846, 
Third Edition (November 1986) as incorporated by reference in 
Sec. 60.17(i)) are lower generally by a factor of ten or more. Be is 
lower by a factor

[[Page 18263]]

of three. The actual sample analytical detection limits are sample 
dependent and may vary due to the sample matrix.
    2.2.2  The analytical detection limits for analysis by direct 
aspiration AAS are approximately as follow: Sb (200 ng/ml), As (2 
ng/ml), Ba (100 ng/ml), Be (5 ng/ml), Cd (5 ng/ml), Cr (50 ng/ml), 
Co (50 ng/ml), Cu (20 ng/ml), Pb (100 ng/ml), Mn (10 ng/ml), Ni (40 
ng/ml), Se (2 ng/ml), Ag (10 ng/ml), Tl (100 ng/ml), and Zn (5 ng/
ml).
    2.2.3  The detection limit for Hg by CVAAS (on the resultant 
volume of the disgestion of the aliquots taken for Hg analyses) can 
be approximately 0.02 to 0.2ng/ml, depending upon the type of CVAAS 
analytical instrument used.
    2.2.4  The use of GFAAS can enhance the detection limits 
compared to direct aspiration AAS as follows: Sb (3 ng/ml), As (1 
ng/ml), Be (0.2 ng/ml), Cd (0.1 ng/ml), Cr (1 ng/ml), Co (1 ng/ml), 
Pb (1 ng/ml), Se (2 ng/ml), and T1 (ng/ml).
    2.3  In-stack Detection Limits.
    2.3.1  For test planning purposes in-stack detection limits can 
be developed by using the following information (1) the procedures 
described in this method, (2) the analytical detection limits 
described in Section 2.2 and in EPA Publication SW-846, Third 
Edition (November 1986) including updates I, II, IIA and IIB, as 
incorporated by reference in Sec. 60.17(i), (3) the normal volumes 
of 300 ml (Analytical Fraction 1) for the front-half and 150 ml 
(Analytical Fraction 2A) for the back-half samples, and (4) a stack 
gas sample volume of 1.25 m\3\. The resultant in-stack method 
detection limits for the above set of conditions are presented in 
Table 29-1 and were calculated by using Eq. 29-1.

A x B/C=D      Eq. 29-1

Where:

A=Analytical detectin limit, g/ml.
B=Liquid volume of digested sample prior to aliquotting for 
analysis, Ml.
C=Stack sample gas volume, dsm\3\.
D=In-stack detection limit, g/m\3\.

   Table 29-1.--In-Stack Method Detection Limits (g/m \3\) for the Front-Half, the Back-Half, and the Total Sampling Train Using ICAP and AAS  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Front-half: Probe and                                                                                          
                Metal                            filter              Back-half: Impingers 1-3    Back-half: Impingers (4-6)          Total train:       
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------a------------------------------------------
Antimony............................  \1\ 7.7 (0.7)                \1\ 3.8 (0.4)                ...........................  \1\ 11.5 (1.1)             
Arsenic.............................  \1\ 12.7 (0.3)               \1\ 6.4 (0.1)                ...........................  \1\ 19.1 (0.4)             
Barium..............................  0.5                          0.3                          ...........................  0.8                        
Beryllium...........................  \1\ 0.07 (0.05)              \1\ 0.04 (0.03)              ...........................  \1\ 0.11 (0.08)            
Cadmium.............................  \1\ 1.0 (0.02)               \1\ 0.5 (0.01)               ...........................  \1\ 1.5 (0.03)             
Chromium............................  \1\ 1.7 (0.2)                \1\ 0.8 (0.1)                ...........................  \1\ 2.5 (0.3)              
Cobalt..............................  \1\ 1.7 (0.2)                \1\ 0.8 (0.1)                ...........................  \1\ 2.5 (0.3)              
Copper..............................  1.4                          0.7                          ...........................  2.1                        
Lead................................  \1\ 10.1 (0.2)               \1\ 5.0 (0.1)                ...........................  \1\ 15.1 (0.3)             
Manganese...........................  \1\ 0.5 (0.2)                \1\ 0.2 (0.1)                ...........................  \1\ 0.7 (0.3)              
Mercury.............................  \2\ 0.06                     \2\ 0.3                      \2\ 0.2                      \2\ 0.56                   
Nickel..............................  3.6                          1.8                          ...........................  5.4                        
Phosphorus..........................  18                           9                            ...........................  27                         
Selenium............................  \1\ 18 (0.5)                 \1\ 9 (0.3)                  ...........................  \1\ 27 (0.8)               
Silver..............................  1.7                          0.9                          ...........................  2.6                        
Thallium............................  \1\ 9.6 (0.2)                \1\ 4.8 (0.1)                ...........................  \1\ 14.4 (0.3)             
Zinc................................  0.5                          0.3                          ...........................  0.8                        
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Mercury analysis only.                                                                                                                                
\1\ Detection limit when analyzed by GFAAS.                                                                                                             
\2\ Detection limit when analyzed by CVAAS, estimated for Back-Half and Total Train. See Sections 2.2 and 5.4.3.                                        
                                                                                                                                                        
Note: Actual method in-stack detection limits may vary from these values, as described in Section 2.3.3.                                                

    2.3.2  To ensure optimum precision/resolution in the analyses, 
the target concentrations of metals in the analytical solutions 
should be at least ten times their respective analytical detection 
limits. Under certain conditions, and with greater care in the 
analytical procedure, these concentrations can be as low as 
approximately three times the respective analytical detection limits 
without seriously impairing the precision of the analyses. On at 
least one sample run in the source test, and for each metal 
analyzed, perform either repetitive analyses, Method of Standard 
Additions, serial dilution, or matrix spike addition, etc., to 
document the quality of the data.
    2.3.3  Actual in-stack method detection limits are based on 
actual source sampling parameters and analytical results as 
described above. If required, the method in-stack detection limits 
can be improved over those shown in Table 29-1 for a specific test 
by either increasing the sampled stack gas volume, reducing the 
total volume of the digested samples, improving the analytical 
detection limits, or any combination of the three. For extremely low 
levels of Hg only, the aliquot size selected for digestion and 
analysis can be increased to as much as 10 ml, thus improving the 
in-stack detection limit by a factor of ten compared to a 1 ml 
aliquot size.
    2.3.3.1  A nominal one hour sampling run will collect a stack 
gas sampling volume of about 1.25 m3. If the sampling time is 
increased to four hours and 5 m3 are collected, the in-stack 
method detection limits would be improved by a factor of four 
compared to the values shown in Table 29-1.
    2.3.3.2  The in-stack detection limits assume that all of the 
sample is digested and the final liquid volumes for analysis are the 
normal values of 300 ml for Analytical Fraction 1, and 150 ml for 
Analytical Fraction 2A. If the volume of Analytical Fraction 1 is 
reduced from 300 to 30 ml, the in-stack detection limits for that 
fraction of the sample would be improved by a factor of ten. If the 
volume of Analytical Fraction 2A is reduced from 150 to 25 ml, the 
in-stack detection limits for that fraction of the sample would be 
improved by a factor of six. Matrix effect checks are necessary on 
sample analyses and typically are of much greater significance for 
samples that have been concentrated to less than the normal original 
sample volume. Reduction of Analytical Fractions 1 and 2A to volumes 
of less than 30 and 25 ml, respectively, could interfere with the 
redissolving of the residue and could increase interference by other 
compounds to an intolerable level.
    2.3.3.3  When both of the modifications described in Sections 
2.3.3.1 and 2.3.3.2 are used simultaneously on one sample, the 
resultant improvements are multiplicative. For example, an increase 
in stack gas volume by a factor of four and a reduction in the total 
liquid sample digested volume of both Analytical Fractions 1 and 2A 
by a factor of six would result in an improvement by a factor of 
twenty-four of the in-stack method detection limit.
    2.4  Precision. The precision (relative standard deviation) for 
each metal detected in a method development test performed at

[[Page 18264]]

a sewage sludge incinerator were found to be as follows: Sb (12.7 
percent), As (13.5 percent), Ba (20.6 percent), Cd (11.5 percent), 
Cr (11.2 percent), Cu (11.5 percent), Pb (11.6 percent), P (14.6 
percent), Se (15.3 percent), Tl (12.3 percent), and Zn (11.8 
percent). The precision for Ni was 7.7 percent for another test 
conducted at a source simulator. Be, Mn, and Ag were not detected in 
the tests. However, based on the analytical detection limits of the 
ICAP for these metals, their precisions could be similar to those 
for the other metals when detected at similar levels.
    2.5  Interferences. Iron (Fe) can be a spectral interference 
during the analysis of As, Cr, and Cd by ICAP. Aluminum (Al) can be 
a spectral interference during the analysis of As and Pb by ICAP. 
Generally, these interferences can be reduced by diluting the 
analytical sample, but such dilution raises the in-stack detection 
limits. Background and overlap corrections may be used to adjust for 
spectral interferences. Refer to Method 6010 in EPA Publication SW-
846 Third Edition (November 1986) including updates I, II, IIA and 
IIB, as incorporated by reference in Sec. 60.17(i) the other 
analytical methods used for details on potential interferences to 
this method. For all GFAAS analyses, use matrix modifiers to limit 
interferences, and matrix match all standards.

3. Apparatus

    3.1  Sampling. A schematic of the sampling train is shown in 
Figure 29-1. It has general similarities to the Method 5 train.

BILLING 6560-50-M

[[Page 18265]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25AP96.000

BILLING 6560-50-C

[[Page 18266]]

    3.1.1  Probe Nozzle (Probe Tip) and Borosilicate or Quartz Glass 
Probe Liner. Same as Method 5, Sections 2.1.1 and 2.1.2, except that 
glass nozzles are required unless alternate tips are constructed of 
materials that are free from contamination and will not interfere 
with the sample. If a probe tip other than glass is used, no 
correction to the sample test results to compensate for the nozzle's 
effect on the sample is allowed. Probe fittings of plastic such as 
Teflon, polypropylene, etc. are recommended instead of metal 
fittings to prevent contamination. If one chooses to do so, a single 
glass piece consisting of a combined probe tip and probe liner may 
be used.
    3.1.2  Pitot Tube and Differential Pressure Gauge. Same as 
Method 2, Sections 2.1 and 2.2, respectively.
    3.1.3  Filter Holder. Glass, same as Method 5, Section 2.1.5, 
except use a Teflon filter support or other non-metallic, non-
contaminating support in place of the glass frit.
    3.1.4  Filter Heating System. Same as Method 5, Section 2.1.6.
    3.1.5  Condenser. Use the following system for condensing and 
collecting gaseous metals and determining the moisture content of 
the stack gas. The condensing system shall consist of four to seven 
impingers connected in series with leak-free ground glass fittings 
or other leak-free, non-contaminating fittings. Use the first 
impinger as a moisture trap. The second impinger (which is the first 
HNO3/H2O2 impinger) shall be identical to the first 
impinger in Method 5. The third impinger (which is the second 
HNO3/H2O2 impinger) shall be a Greenburg Smith 
impinger with the standard tip as described for the second impinger 
in Method 5, Section 2.1.7. The fourth (empty) impinger and the 
fifth and sixth (both acidified KMnO4) impingers are the same 
as the first impinger in Method 5. Place a thermometer capable of 
measuring to within 1 deg.C (2 deg.F) at the outlet of the last 
impinger. If no Hg analysis is planned, then the fourth, fifth, and 
sixth impingers are not used.
    3.1.6  Metering System, Barometer, and Gas Density Determination 
Equipment. Same as Method 5, Sections 2.1.8 through 2.1.10, 
respectively.
    3.1.7  Teflon Tape. For capping openings and sealing 
connections, if necessary, on the sampling train.
    3.2.  Sample Recovery. Same as Method 5, Sections 2.2.1 through 
2.2.8 (Probe-Liner and Probe-Nozzle Brushes or Swabs, Wash Bottles, 
Sample Storage Containers, Petri Dishes, Glass Graduated Cylinder, 
Plastic Storage Containers, Funnel and Rubber Policeman, and Glass 
Funnel), respectively, with the following exceptions and additions:
    3.2.1  Non-metallic Probe-Liner and Probe-Nozzle Brushes or 
Swabs. Use non-metallic probe-liner and probe-nozzle brushes or 
swabs for quantitative recovery of materials collected in the front-
half of the sampling train.
    3.2.2  Sample Storage Containers. Use glass bottles (see the 
Precaution: in Section 4.3.2 of this Method) with Teflon-lined caps 
that are non-reactive to the oxidizing solutions, with capacities of 
1000- and 500-ml, for storage of acidified KMnO4- containing 
samples and blanks. Glass or polyethylene bottles may be used for 
other sample types.
    3.2.3  Graduated Cylinder. Glass or equivalent.
    3.2.4  Funnel. Glass or equivalent.
    3.2.5  Labels. For identifying samples.
    3.2.6  Polypropylene Tweezers and/or Plastic Gloves. For 
recovery of the filter from the sampling train filter holder.
    3.3  Sample Preparation and Analysis.
    3.3.1  Volumetric Flasks, 100-ml, 250-ml, and 100-ml. For 
preparation of standards and sample dilutions.
    3.3.2  Graduated Cylinders. For preparation of reagents.
    3.3.3  ParrR Bombs or Microwave Pressure Relief Vessels 
with Capping Station (CEM Corporation model or equivalent). For 
sample digestion.
    3.3.4  Beakers and Watch Glasses. 250-ml beakers, with watch 
glass covers, for sample digestion.
    3.3.5  Ring Stands and Clamps. For securing equipment such as 
filtration apparatus.
    3.3.6  Filter Funnels. For holding filter paper.
    3.3.7  Disposable Pasteur Pipets and Bulbs.
    3.3.8  Volumetric Pipets.
    3.3.9  Analytical Balance. Accurate to within .01 mg.
    3.3.10  Microwave or Conventional Oven. For heating samples at 
fixed power levels or temperatures, respectively.
    3.3.11  Hot Plates.
    3.3.12  Atomic Absorption Spectrometer (AAS). Equipped with a 
background corrector.
    3.3.12.1  Graphite Furnace Attachment. With Sb, As, Cd, Co, Pb, 
Se, and Tl hollow cathode lamps (HCLs) or electrodeless discharge 
lamps (EDLs). Same as Methods 7041 (Sb), 7060 (As), 7131 (Cd), 7201 
(Co), 7421 (Pb), 7740 (Se), and 7841 (Tl) in EPA publication SW-846 
Third Edition (November 1986) including updates I, II, IIA and IIB, 
as incorporated by reference in Sec. 60.17(i).
    3.3.12.2  Cold Vapor Mercury Attachment. With a mercury HCL or 
EDL, an air recirculation pump, a quartz cell, an aerator apparatus, 
and a heat lamp or desiccator tube. The heat lamp shall be capable 
of raising the temperature at the quartz cell by 10 deg.C above 
ambient, so that no condensation forms on the wall of the quartz 
cell. Same as Method 6020 in EPA publication SW-846 Third Edition 
(November 1986) including updates I, II, IIA and IIB, as 
incorporated by reference in Sec. 60.17(i). See Note No. 2: Section 
5.4.3 for other acceptable approaches for analysis of Hg in which 
analytical detection limits of 0.002 ng/ml were obtained.
    3.3.13  Inductively Coupled Argon Plasma Spectrometer. With 
either a direct or sequential reader and an alumina torch. Same as 
EPA Method 6010 in EPA publication SW-846 Third Edition (November 
1986) including updates I, II, IIA and IIB, as incorporated by 
reference in Sec. 60.17(i).
    3.3.14  Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometer. Same as 
EPA Method 6020 in EPA publication SW-846 Third Edition (November 
1986) including updates I, II, IIA and IIB, as incorporated by 
reference in Sec. 60.17(i).

4. Reagents

    4.1  Unless otherwise indicated, it is intended that all 
reagents conform to the specifications established by the Committee 
on Analytical Reagents of the American Chemical Society, where such 
specifications are available. Otherwise, use the best available 
grade.
    4.2  Sampling Reagents.
    4.2.1  Sample Filters. Without organic binders. The filters 
shall contain less than 1.3 g/in.2 of each of the 
metals to be measured. Analytical results provided by filter 
manufacturers stating metals content of the filters are acceptable. 
However, if no such results are available, analyze filter blanks for 
each target metal prior to emission testing. Quartz fiber filters 
meeting these requirements are recommended. However, if glass fiber 
filters become available which meet these requirements, they may be 
used. Filter efficiencies and unreactiveness to sulfur dioxide 
(SO2) or sulfur trioxide (SO3) shall be as described in 
Section 3.1.1 of Method 5.
    4.2.2  Water. To conform to ASTM Specification D1193-77, Type II 
(incorporated by reference--See Sec. 60.17). If necessary, analyze 
the water for all target metals prior to field use. All target 
metals should be less than 1 ng/ml.
    4.2.3  Nitric Acid (HNO3). Concentrated. Baker Instra-
analyzed or equivalent.
    4.2.4  Hydrochloric Acid (HCL). Concentrated. Baker Instra-
analyzed or equivalent.
    4.2.5  Hydrogen Peroxide (H2O2), 30 Percent (V/V).
    4.2.6  Potassium Permanganate (KMnO4).
    4.2.7  Sulfuric Acid (H2SO4). Concentrated.
    4.2.8  Silica Gel and Crushed Ice. Same as Method 5, Sections 
3.1.2 and 3.1.4, respectively.
    4.3  Pretest Preparation of Sampling Reagents.
    4.3.1  HNO3/H2O2 Absorbing Solution, 5 Percent 
HNO3/10 Percent H2O2. Add carefully with stirring 50 
ml of concentrated HNO3 to a 1000-ml volumeric flask containing 
approximately 500 ml of water, and then add carefully with stirring 
333 ml of 30 percent H2O2. Dilute to volume with water. 
Mix well. This reagent shall contain less than 2 ng/ml of each 
target metal.
    4.3.2  Acidic KMnO4 Absorbing Solution, 4 Percent 
KMnO4 (W/V), 10 Percent H2SO4 (V/V). Prepare fresh 
daily. Mix carefully, with stirring, 100 ml of concentrated 
H2SO4 into approximately 800 ml of water, and add water 
with stirring to make a volume of 1 liter: this solution is 10 
percent H2SO4 (V/V). Dissolve, with stirring, 40 g of 
KMnO4 into 10 percent H2SO4 (V/V) and add 10 percent 
H2SO4 (V/V) with stirring to make a volume of 1 liter. 
Prepare and store in glass bottles to prevent degradation. This 
reagent shall contain less than 2 ng/ml of Hg.
Precaution: To prevent autocatalytic decomposition of the 
permanganate solution, filter the solution through Whatman 541

[[Page 18267]]

filter paper. Also, due to the potential reaction of the potassium 
permanganate with the acid, there could be pressure buildup in the 
solution storage bottle. Therefore these bottles shall not be fully 
filled and shall be vented to relieve excess pressure and prevent 
explosion potentials. Venting is required, but not in a manner that 
will allow contamination of the solution. A No. 70-72 hole drilled 
in the container cap and Teflon liner has been used.
    4.3.3  HNO3, 0.1 N. Add with stirring 6.3 ml of 
concentrated HNO3 (70 percent) to a flask containing 
approximately 900 ml of water. Dilute to 1000 ml with water. Mix 
well. This reagent shall contain less than 2 ng/ml of each target 
metal.
    4.3.4  HCl, 8 N. Carefully add with stirring 690 ml of 
concentrated HCl to a flask containing 250 ml of water. Dilute to 
1000 ml with water. Mix well. This reagent shall contain less than 2 
ng/ml of Hg.
    4.4  Glassware Cleaning Reagents.
    4.4.1  HNO3, Concentrated. Fisher ACS grade or equivalent.
    4.4.2  Water. To conform to ASTM Specification D1193-77, Type II 
(incorporated by reference--See Sec. 60.17).
    4.4.3  HNO3, 10 Percent (V/V). Add with stirring 500 ml of 
concentrated HNO3 to a flask containing approximately 4000 ml 
of water. Dilute to 5000 ml with water. Mix well. This reagent shall 
contain less than 2 ng/ml of each target metal.
    4.5  Sample Digestion and Analysis Reagents.
    The metals standards, except Hg, may also be made from solid 
chemicals as described in Citation 3 of the Bibliography. Refer to 
Citations 1, 2, or 5 of the Bibliography for additional information 
on Hg standards. The 1000 g/ml Hg stock solution standard 
may be made according to Section 6.2.5 of Method 101A.
    4.5.1  HCL, Concentrated.
    4.5.2  Hydrofluoric Acid (HF), Concentrated.
    4.5.3  HNO3, Concentrated. Baker Instra-analyzed or 
equivalent.
    4.5.4  HNO3, 50 Percent (V/V). Add with stirring 125 ml of 
concentrated HNO3 to 100 ml of water. Dilute to 250 ml with 
water. Mix well. This reagent shall contain less than 2 ng/ml of 
each target metal.
    4.5.5  HNO3, 5 Percent (V/V). Add with stirring 50 ml of 
concentrated HNO3 to 800 ml of water. Dilute to 1000 ml with 
water. Mix well. This reagent shall contain less than 2 ng/ml of 
each target metal.
    4.5.6  Water. To conform to ASTM Specification D1193-77, Type II 
(incorporated by reference--See Sec. 60.17).
    4.5.7  Hydroxylamine Hydrochloride and Sodium Chloride Solution. 
See Citation 2 of the Bibliography for preparation.
    4.5.8  Stannous Chloride. See Citation 2 of the Bibliography for 
preparation.
    4.5.9  KMnO4, 5 Percent (W/V). See Citation 2 of the 
Bibliography for preparation.
    4.5.10  H2SO4, Concentrated.
    4.5.11  Potassium Persulfate, 5 Percent (W/V). See Citation 2 of 
the Bibliography for preparation.
    4.5.12  Nickel Nitrate, Ni (NO3)2 6H2O.
    4.5.13  Lanthanum Oxide, La2O3.
    4.5.14  Hg Standard (AAS Grade), 1000 g/ml.
    4.5.15  Pb Standard (AAS Grade), 1000 g/ml.
    4.5.16  As Standard (AAS Grade), 1000 g/ml.
    4.5.17  Cd Standard (AAS Grade), 1000 g/ml.
    4.5.18  Cr Standard (AAS Grade), 1000 g/ml.
    4.5.19  Sb Standard (AAS Grade), 1000 g/ml.
    4.5.20  Ba Standard (AAS Grade), 1000 g/ml.
    4.5.21  Be Standard (AAS Grade), 1000 g/ml.
    4.5.22  Co Standard (AAS Grade), 1000 g/ml.
    4.5.23  Cu Standard (AAS Grade), 1000 g/ml.
    4.5.24  Mn Standard (AAS Grade), 1000 g/ml.
    4.5.25  Ni Standard (AAS Grade), 1000 g/ml.
    4.5.26  P Standard (AAS Grade), 1000 g/ml.
    4.5.27  Se Standard (AAS Grade), 1000 g/ml.
    4.5.28  Ag Standard (AAS Grade), 1000 g/ml.
    4.5.29  Tl Standard (AAS Grade), 1000 g/ml.
    4.5.30  Zn Standard (AAS Grade), 1000 g/ml.
    4.5.31  Al Standard (AAS Grade), 1000 g/ml.
    4.5.32  Fe Standard (AAS Grade), 1000 g/ml.
    4.5.33  Hg Standards and Quality Control Samples. Prepare fresh 
weekly a 10 g/ml intermediate Hg standard by adding 5 ml of 
1000 g/ml Hg stock solution prepared according to Method 
101A to a 500-ml volumetric flask; dilute with stirring to 500 ml by 
first carefully adding 20 ml of 15 percent HNO3 and then adding 
water to the 500-ml volume. Mix well. Prepare a 200 ng/ml working Hg 
standard solution fresh daily: add 5 ml of the 10 g/ml 
intermediate standard to a 250-ml volumetric flask, and dilute to 
250 ml with 5 ml of 4 percent KMnO4, 5 ml of 15 percent 
HNO3, and then water. Mix well. Use at least five separate 
aliquots of the working Hg standard solution and a blank to prepare 
the standard curve. These aliquots and blank shall contain 0.0, 1.0, 
2.0, 3.0, 4.0, and 5.0 ml of the working standard solution 
containing 0, 200, 400, 600, 800, and 1000 ng Hg, respectively. 
Prepare quality control samples by making a separate 10 g/
ml standard and diluting until in the calibration range.
    4.5.34  ICAP Standards and Quality Control Samples. Calibration 
standards for ICAP analysis can be combined into four different 
mixed standard solutions as follows:

               Mixed Standard Solutions for ICAP Analysis               
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Solution                             Elements           
------------------------------------------------------------------------
I......................................  As, Be, Cd, Mn, Pb, Se, Zn.    
II.....................................  Ba, Co, Cu, Fe.                
III....................................  Al, Cr, Ni.                    
IV.....................................  Ag, P, Sb, Tl.                 
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Prepare these standards by combining and diluting the appropriate 
volumes of the 1000 g/ml solutions with 5 percent 
HNO3. A minimum of one standard and a blank can be used to form 
each calibration curve. However, prepare a separate quality control 
sample spiked with known amounts of the target metals in quantities 
in the mid-range of the calibration curve. Suggested standard levels 
are 25 g/ml for Al, Cr and Pb, 15 g/ml for Fe, and 
10 g/ml for the remaining elements. Prepare any standards 
containing less than 1 g/ml of metal on a daily basis. 
Standards containing greater than 1 g/ml of metal should be 
stable for a minimum of 1 to 2 weeks. For ICP-MS, follow Method 6020 
in EPA Publication SW-846 Third Edition (November 1986) including 
updates I, II, IIA and IIB, as incorporated by reference in 
Sec. 60.17(i).
    4.5.35  GFAAS Standards. Sb, As, Cd, Co, Pb, Se, and Tl. Prepare 
a 10 g/ml standard by adding 1 ml of 1000 g/ml 
standard to a 100-ml volumetric flask. Dilute with stirring to 100 
ml with 10 percent HNO3. For GFAAS, matrix match the standards. 
Prepare a 100 ng/ml standard by adding 1 ml of the 10 g/ml 
standard to a 100-ml volumetric flask, and dilute to 100 ml with the 
appropriate matrix solution. Prepare other standards by diluting the 
100 ng/ml standards. Use at least five standards to make up the 
standard curve. Suggested levels are 0, 10, 50, 75, and 100 ng/ml. 
Prepare quality control samples by making a separate 10 g/
ml standard and diluting until it is in the range of the samples. 
Prepare any standards containing less than 1 g/ml of metal 
on a daily basis. Standards containing greater than 1 g/ml 
of metal should be stable for a minimum of 1 to 2 weeks.
    4.5.36  Matrix Modifiers.
    4.5.36.1  Nickel Nitrate, 1 Percent (V/V). Dissolve 4.956 g of 
Ni (NO3)26H2O or other nickel compound 
suitable for preparation of this matrix modifier in approximately 50 
ml of water in a 100-ml volumetric flask. Dilute to 100 ml with 
water.
    4.5.36.2  Nickel Nitrate, 0.1 Percent (V/V). Dilute 10 ml of 1 
percent nickel nitrate solution to 100 ml with water. Inject an 
equal amount of sample and this modifier into the graphite furnace 
during GFAAS analysis for As.
    4.5.36.3  Lanthanum. Carefully dissolve 0.5864 g of 
La2O3 in 10 ml of concentrated HNO3, and dilute the 
solution by adding it with stirring to approximately 50 ml of water. 
Dilute to 100 ml with water, and mix well. Inject an equal amount of 
sample and this modifier into the graphite furnace during GFAAS 
analysis for Pb.
    4.5.37  Whatman 40 and 541 Filter Papers (or equivalent). For 
filtration of digested samples.

5. Procedure

    5.1  Sampling. The complexity of this method is such that, to 
obtain reliable results,

[[Page 18268]]

both testers and analysts must be trained and experienced with the 
test procedures, including source sampling; reagent preparation and 
handling; sample handling; safety equipment and procedures; 
analytical calculations; reporting; and the specific procedural 
descriptions throughout this method.
    5.1.1  Pretest Preparation. Follow the same general procedure 
given in Method 5, Section 4.1.1, except that, unless particulate 
emissions are to be determined, the filter need not be desiccated or 
weighed. First, rinse all sampling train glassware with hot tap 
water and then wash in hot soapy water. Next, rinse glassware three 
times with tap water, followed by three additional rinses with 
water. Then soak all glassware in a 10 percent (V/V) nitric acid 
solution for a minimum of 4 hours, rinse three times with water, 
rinse a final time with acetone, and allow to air dry. Cover all 
glassware openings where contamination can occur until the sampling 
train is assembled for sampling.
    5.1.2  Preliminary Determinations. Same as Method 5, Section 
4.1.2.
    5.1.3  Preparation of Sampling Train.
    5.1.3.1  Set up the sampling train as shown in Figure 29-1. 
Follow the same general procedures given in Method 5, Section 4.1.3, 
except place 100 ml of the HNO3/H2O2 solution 
(Section 4.3.1. of this method) in each of the second and third 
impingers as shown in Figure 29-1. Placee 100 ml of the acidic 
KMnO4 absorbing solution (Section 4.3.2 of this method) in each 
of the fifth and sixth impingers as shown in Figure 29-1, and 
transfer approximately 200 to 300 g of pre-weighed silica gel from 
its container to the last impinger. Alternatively, the silica gel 
may be weighed directly in the impinger just prior to final train 
assembly.
    5.1.3.2  Based on the specific source sampling conditions, the 
use of an empty first impinger can be eliminated if the moisture to 
be collected in the impingers will be less than approximately 100 
ml.
    5.1.3.3  If Hg analysis will not be performed, the fourth, 
fifth, and sixth impingers as shown in Figure 29-1 are not required.
    5.1.3.4  To insure leak-free sampling train connections and to 
prevent possible sample contamination problems, use Teflon tape or 
other non-contaminating material instead of silicone grease.
    Precaution: Exercise extreme care to prevent contamination 
within the train. Prevent the acidic KMnO4 from contacting any 
glassware that contains sample material to be analyzed for Mn. 
Prevent acidic H2O2 from mixing with the acidic 
KMnO4.
    5.1.4  Leak-Check Procedures. Follow the leak-check procedures 
given in Method 5, Section 4.1.4.1 (Pretest Leak-Check), Section 
4.1.4.2 (Leak-Checks During the Sample Run), and Section 4.1.4.3 
(Post-Test Leak-Checks).
    5.1.5  Sampling Train Operation. Follow the procedures given in 
Method 5, Section 4.1.5. When sampling for Hg, use a procedure 
analagous to that described in Section 7.1.1 of Method 101A, 40 CFR 
Part 61, Appendix B, if necessary to maintain the desired color in 
the last acidified permanganate impinger. For each run, record the 
data required on a data sheet such as the one shown in Figure 5-2 of 
Method 5.
    5.1.6  Calculation of Percent Isokinetic. Same as Method 5, 
Section 4.1.6.
    5.2  Sample Recovery.
    5.2.1  Begin cleanup procedures as soon as the probe is removed 
from the stack at the end of a sampling period. The probe should be 
allowed to cool prior to sample recovery. When it can be safely 
handled, wipe off all external particulate matter near the tip of 
the probe nozzle and place a rinsed, non-contaminating cap over the 
probe nozzle to prevent losing or gaining particulate matter. Do not 
cap the probe tip tightly while the sampling train is cooling; a 
vacuum can form in the filter holder with the undesired result of 
drawing liquid from the impingers onto the filter.
    5.2.2  Before moving the sampling train to the cleanup site, 
remove the probe from the sampling train and cap the open outlet. Be 
careful not to lose any condensate that might be present. Cap the 
filter inlet where the probe was fastened. Remove the umbilical cord 
from the last impinger and cap the impinger. Cap the filter holder 
outlet and impinger inlet. Use non-contaminating caps, whether 
ground-glass stoppers, plastic caps, serum caps, or Teflon tape to 
close these openings.
    5.2.3  Alternatively, the following procedure may be used to 
disassemble the train before the probe and filter holder/oven are 
completely cooled: Initially disconnect the filter holder outlet/
impinger inlet and loosely cap the open ends. Then disconnect the 
probe from the filter holder or cyclone inlet and loosely cap the 
open ends. Cap the probe tip and remove the umbilical cord as 
previously described.
    5.2.4  Transfer the probe and filter-impinger assembly to a 
cleanup area that is clean and protected from the wind and other 
potential causes of contamination or loss of sample. Inspect the 
train before and during disassembly and note any abnormal 
conditions. Take special precautions to assure that all the items 
necessary for recovery do not contaminate the samples. The sample is 
recovered and treated as follows (see schematic in Figures 29-2a and 
29-2b):

BILLING CODE 6560-50-M

[[Page 18269]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25AP96.001

[[Page 18270]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25AP96.002

BILLING CODE 6560-50-C

[[Page 18271]]

    5.2.5  Container No. 1 (Sample Filter). Carefully remove the 
filter from the filter holder and place it in its labeled petri dish 
container. To handle the filter, use either acid-washed 
polypropylene or Teflon coated tweezers or clean, disposable 
surgical gloves rinsed with water and dried. If it is necessary to 
fold the filter, make certain the particulate cake is inside the 
fold. Carefully transfer the filter and any particulate matter or 
filter fibers that adhere to the filter holder gasket to the petri 
dish by using a dry (acid-cleaned) nylon bristle brush. Do not use 
any metal-containing materials when recovering this train. Seal the 
labeled petri dish.
    5.2.6  Container No. 2. (Acetone Rinse). Perform this procedure 
only if a determination of particulate emissions is to be made. 
Quantitatively recover particulate matter and any condensate from 
the probe nozzle, probe fitting, probe liner, and front half of the 
filter holder by washing these components with a total of 100 ml of 
acetone, while simultaneously taking great care to see that no dust 
on the outside of the probe or other surfaces gets in the sample. 
The use of exactly 100 ml is necessary for the subsequent blank 
correction procedures. Distilled water may be used instead of 
acetone when approved by the Administrator and shall be used when 
specified by the Administrator; in these cases, save a water blank 
and follow the Administrator's directions on analysis.
    5.2.6.1  Carefully remove the probe nozzle, and clean the inside 
surface by rinsing with acetone from a wash bottle while brushing 
with a non-metallic brush. Brush until the acetone rinse shows no 
visible particles, then make a final rinse of the inside surface 
with acetone.
    5.2.6.2  Brush and rinse the sample exposed inside parts of the 
probe fitting with acetone in a similar way until no visible 
particles remain. Rinse the probe liner with acetone by tilting and 
rotating the probe while squirting acetone into its upper end so 
that all inside surfaces will be wetted with acetone. Allow the 
acetone to drain from the lower end into the sample container. A 
funnel may be used to aid in transferring liquid washings to the 
container. Follow the acetone rinse with a non-metallic probe brush. 
Hold the probe in an inclined position, squirt acetone into the 
upper end as the probe brush is being pushed with a twisting action 
three times through the probe. Hold a sample container underneath 
the lower end of the probe, and catch any acetone and particulate 
matter which is brushed through the probe until no visible 
particulate matter is carried out with the acetone or until none 
remains in the probe liner on visual inspection. Rinse the brush 
with acetone, and quantitatively collect these washings in the 
sample container. After the brushing, make a final acetone rinse of 
the probe as described above.
    5.2.6.3  It is recommended that two people clean the probe to 
minimize sample losses. Between sampling runs, keep brushes clean 
and protected from contamination. Clean the inside of the front-half 
of the filter holder by rubbing the surfaces with a non-metallic 
brush and rinsing with acetone. Rinse each surface three times or 
more if needed to remove visible particulate. Make a final rinse of 
the brush and filter holder. After all acetone washings and 
particulate matter have been collected in the sample container, 
tighten the lid so that acetone will not leak out when shipped to 
the laboratory. Mark the height of the fluid level to determine 
whether or not leakage occurred during transport. Clearly label the 
container to identify its contents.
    5.2.7  Container No. 3 (Probe Rinse). Keep the probe assembly 
clean and free from contamination during the probe rinse. Rinse the 
probe nozzle and fitting, probe liner, and front-half of the filter 
holder thoroughly with a total of 100 ml of 0.1 N HNO3, and 
place the wash into a sample storage container.

(Note: The use of a total of exactly 100 ml is necessary for the 
subsequent blank correction procedures.)

    Perform the rinses as applicable and generally as described in 
Method 12, Section 5.2.2. Record the volume of the rinses. Mark the 
height of the fluid level on the outside of the storage container 
and use this mark to determine if leakage occurs during transport. 
Seal the container, and clearly label the contents. Finally, rinse 
the nozzle, probe liner, and front-half of the filter holder with 
water followed by acetone, and discard these rinses.
    5.2.8  Container No. 4 (Impingers 1 through 3, Moisture Knockout 
Impinger, when used, HNO3/H2O2 Impingers Contents and 
Rinses). Due to the potentially large quantity of liquid involved, 
the tester may place the impinger solutions from impingers 1 through 
3 in more than one container, if necessary. Measure the liquid in 
the first three impingers to within 0.5 ml using a graduated 
cylinder. Record the volume. This information is required to 
calculate the moisture content of the sampled flue gas. Clean each 
of the first three impingers, the filter support, the back half of 
the filter housing, and connecting glassware by thoroughly rinsing 
with 100 ml of 0.1 N HNO3 using the procedure as applicable in 
Method 12, Section 5.2.4.

(Note: The use of exactly 100 ml of 0.1 N HNO3 rinse is 
necessary for the subsequent blank correction procedures. Combine 
the rinses and impinger solutions, measure and record the final 
total volume. Mark the height of the fluid level, seal the 
container, and clearly label the contents.)

    5.2.9  Container Nos. 5A (0.1 N HNO3), 5B (KMnO4/
H2SO4 absorbing solution), and 5C (8 N HCl rinse and 
dilution).
    5.2.9.1  When sampling for Hg, pour all the liquid from the 
impinger (normally impinger No. 4) that immediately preceded the two 
permanganate impingers into a graduated cylinder and measure the 
volume to within 0.5 ml. This information is required to calculate 
the moisture content of the sampled flue gas. Place the liquid in 
Container No. 5A. Rinse the impinger with exactly 100 ml of 0.1 N 
HNO3 and place this rinse in Container No. 5A.
    5.2.9.2 Pour all the liquid from the two permanganate impingers 
into a graduated cylinder and measure the volume to within 0.5 ml. 
This information is required to calculate the moisture content of 
the sampled flue gas. Place this acidic KMnO4 solution into 
Container No. 5B. Using a total of exactly 100 ml of fresh acidified 
KMnO4 solution for all rinses (approximately 33 ml per rinse), 
rinse the two permanganate impingers and connecting glassware a 
minimum of three times. Pour the rinses into Container No. 5B, 
carefully assuring transfer of all loose precipitated materials from 
the two impingers. Similarly, using 100 ml total of water, rinse the 
permanganate impingers and connecting glass a minimum of three 
times, and pour the rinses into Container 5B, carefully assuring 
transfer of any loose precipitated material. Mark the height of the 
fluid level, and clearly label the contents. Read the Precaution: in 
Section 4.3.2. NOTE: Due to the potential reaction of KMnO4 
with acid, pressure buildup can occur in the sample storage bottles. 
Do not fill these bottles completely and take precautions to relieve 
excess pressure. A No. 70-72 hole drilled in the container cap and 
Teflon liner has been used successfully.
    5.2.9.3 If no visible deposits remain after the water rinse, no 
further rinse is necessary. However, if deposits remain on the 
impinger surfaces, wash them with 25 ml of 8 N HCl, and place the 
wash in a separate sample container labeled No. 5C containing 200 ml 
of water. First, place 200 ml of water in the container. Then wash 
the impinger walls and stem with the HCl by turning the impinger on 
its side and rotating it so that the HC1 contacts all inside 
surfaces. Use a total of only 25 ml of 8 N HCl for rinsing both 
permanganate impingers combined. Rinse the first impinger, then pour 
the actual rinse used for the first impinger into the second 
impinger for its rinse. Finally, pour the 25 ml of 8 N HCl rinse 
carefully into the container. Mark the height of the fluid level on 
the outside of the container to determine if leakage occurs during 
transport.
    5.2.10  Container No. 6 (Silica Gel). Note the color of the 
indicating silica gel to determine whether it has been completely 
spent and make a notation of its condition. Transfer the silica gel 
from its impinger to its original container and seal it. The tester 
may use a funnel to pour the silica gel and a rubber policeman to 
remove the silica gel from the impinger. The small amount of 
particles that might adhere to the impinger wall need not be 
removed. Do not use water or other liquids to transfer the silica 
gel since weight gained in the silica gel impinger is used for 
moisture calculations. Alternatively, if a balance is available in 
the field, record the weight of the spent silica gel (or silica gel 
plus impinger) to the nearest 0.5 g.
    5.2.11  Container No. 7 (Acetone Blank). If particulate 
emissions are to be determined, at least once during each field 
test, place a 100-ml portion of the acetone used in the sample 
recovery process into a container labeled No. 7. Seal the container.
    5.2.12  Container No. 8A (0.1 N HNO3 Blank). At least once 
during each field test, place 300 ml of the 0.1 N HNO3 solution 
used in the sample recovery process into a container labeled No. 8A. 
Seal the container.
    5.2.13  Container No. 8B (Water Blank). At least once during 
each field test, place 100 ml of the water used in the sample 
recovery process into a container labeled No. 8B. Seal the 
container.

[[Page 18272]]

    5.2.14  Container No. 9 (5 Percent HNO3/10 Percent 
H2O2 Blank). At least once during each field test, place 
200 ml of the 5 Percent HNO3/10 Percent H2O2 solution 
used as the nitric acid impinger reagent into a container labeled 
No. 9. Seal the container.
    5.2.15  Container No. 10 (Acidified KMnO4 Blank). At least 
once during each field test, place 100 ml of the acidified 
KMnO4 solution used as the impinger solution and in the sample 
recovery process into a container labeled No. 10. Prepare the 
container as described in Section 5.2.9.2. Read the Precaution: in 
Section 4.3.2. and read the Note in Section 5.2.9.2.
    5.2.16  Container No. 11 (8 N HCl Blank). At least once during 
each field test, place 200 ml of water into a sample container 
labeled No. 11. Then carefully add with stirring 25 ml of 8 N HCl. 
Mix well and seal the container.
    5.2.17  Container No. 12 (Sample Filter Blank). Once during each 
field test, place into a petri dish labeled No. 12 three unused 
blank filters from the same lot as the sampling filters. Seal the 
petri dish.
    5.3  Sample Preparation. Note the level of the liquid in each of 
the containers and determine if any sample was lost during shipment. 
If a noticeable amount of leakage has occurred, either void the 
sample or use methods, subject to the approval of the Administrator, 
to correct the final results. A diagram illustrating sample 
preparation and analysis procedures for each of the sample train 
components is shown in Figure 29-3.
    5.3.1  Container No. 1 (Sample Filter).
    5.3.1.1  If particulate emissions are being determined, first 
desiccate the filter and filter catch without added heat (do not 
heat the filters to speed the drying) and weigh to a constant weight 
as described in Section 4.3 of Method 5.
    5.3.1.2  Following this procedure, or initially, if particulate 
emissions are not being determined in addition to metals analysis, 
divide the filter with its filter catch into portions containing 
approximately 0.5 g each. Place the pieces in the analyst's choice 
of either individual microwave pressure relief vessels or ParrR 
Bombs. Add 6 ml of concentrated HNO3 and 4 ml of concentrated 
HF to each vessel. For microwave heating, microwave the samples for 
approximately 12 to 15 minutes total heating time as follows: heat 
for 2 to 3 minutes, then turn off the microwave for 2 to 3 minutes, 
then heat for 2 to 3 minutes, etc., continue this alternation until 
the 12 to 15 minutes total heating time are completed (this 
procedure should comprise approximately 24 to 30 minutes at 600 
watts). Microwave heating times are approximate and are dependent 
upon the number of samples being digested simultaneously. Sufficient 
heating is evidenced by sorbent reflux within the vessel. For 
conventional heating, heat the ParrR Bombs at 140  deg.C (285 
deg.F) for 6 hours. Then cool the samples to room temperature, and 
combine with the acid digested probe rinse as required in Section 
5.3.3.
    5.3.1.3  If the sampling train includes an optional glass 
cyclone in front of the filter, prepare and digest the cyclone catch 
by the procedures described in section 5.3.1.2 and then combine the 
digestate with the digested filter sample.
    5.3.2  Container No. 2 (Acetone Rinse). Note the level of liquid 
in the container and confirm on the analysis sheet whether or not 
leakage occurred during transport. If a noticeable amount of leakage 
has occurred, either void the sample or use methods, subject to the 
approval of the Administrator, to correct the final results. Measure 
the liquid in this container either volumetrically within 1 ml or 
gravimetrically within 0.5 g. Transfer the contents to an acid-
cleaned, tared 250-ml beaker and evaporate to dryness at ambient 
temperature and pressure. If particulate emissions are being 
determined, desiccate for 24 hours without added heat, weigh to a 
constant weight according to the procedures described in Section 4.3 
of Method 5, and report the results to the nearest 0.1 mg. 
Redissolve the residue with 10 ml of concentrated HNO3.

BILLING CODE 6560-50-M

[[Page 18273]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25AP96.003

BILLING CODE 6560-50-C

[[Page 18274]]

Quantitatively combine the resultant sample, including all liquid 
and any particulate matter, with Container No. 3 before beginning 
Section 5.3.3.
    5.3.3  Container No. 3 (Probe Rinse). Verify that the pH of this 
sample is 2 or lower. If it is not, acidify the sample by careful 
addition with stirring of concentrated HNO3 to pH 2. Use water 
to rinse the sample into a beaker, and cover the beaker with a 
ribbed watch glass. Reduce the sample volume to approximately 20 ml 
by heating on a hot plate at a temperature just below boiling. 
Digest the sample in microwave vessels or ParrR Bombs by 
quantitatively transferring the sample to the vessel or bomb, 
carefully adding the 6 ml of concentrated HNO3, 4 ml of 
concentrated HF, and then continuing to follow the procedures 
described in Section 5.3.1.2. Then combine the resultant sample 
directly with the acid digested portions of the filter prepared 
previously in Section 5.3.1.2. The resultant combined sample is 
referred to as ``Sample Fraction 1''. Filter the combined sample 
using Whatman 541 filter paper. Dilute to 300 ml (or the appropriate 
volume for the expected metals concentration) with water. This 
diluted sample is ``Analytical Fraction 1''. Measure and record the 
volume of Analytical Fraction 1 to within 0.1 ml. Quantitatively 
remove a 50-ml aliquot and label as ``Analytical Fraction 1B''. 
Label the remaining 250-ml portion as ``Analytical Fraction 1A''. 
Analytical Fraction 1A is used for ICAP or AAS analysis for all 
desired metals except Hg. Analytical Fraction 1B is used for the 
determination of front-half Hg.
    5.3.4  Container No. 4 (Impingers 1-3). Measure and record the 
total volume of this sample to within 0.5 ml and label it ``Sample 
Fraction 2''. Remove a 75- to 100-ml aliquot for Hg analysis and 
label the aliquot ``Analytical Fraction 2B''. Label the remaining 
portion of Container No. 4 as ``Sample Fraction 2A''. Sample 
Fraction 2A defines the volume of Analytical Fraction 2A prior to 
digestion. All of Sample Fraction 2A is digested to produce 
``Analytical Fraction 2A''. Analytical Fraction 2A defines the 
volume of Sample Fraction 2A after its digestion and the volume of 
Analytical Fraction 2A is normally 150 ml. Analytical Fraction 2A is 
analyzed for all metals except Hg. Verify that the pH of Sample 
Fraction 2A is 2 or lower. If necessary, use concentrated HNO3 
by careful addition and stirring to lower Sample Fraction 2A to pH 
2. Use water to rinse Sample Fraction 2A into a beaker and then 
cover the beaker with a ribbed watch glass. Reduce Sample Fraction 
2A to approximately 20 ml by heating on a hot plate at a temperature 
just below boiling. Then follow either of the digestion procedures 
described in Sections 5.3.4.1 or 5.3.4.2.
    5.3.4.1  Conventional Digestion Procedure. Add 30 ml of 50 
percent HNO3, and heat for 30 minutes on a hot plate to just 
below boiling. Add 10 ml of 3 percent H2O2 and heat for 10 
more minutes. Add 50 ml of hot water, and heat the sample for an 
additional 20 minutes. Cool, filter the sample, and dilute to 150 ml 
(or the appropriate volume for the expected metals concentrations) 
with water. This dilution produces Analytical Fraction 2A. Measure 
and record the volume to within 0.1 ml.
    5.3.4.2  Microwave Digestion Procedure. Add 10 ml of 50 percent 
HNO3 and heat for 6 minutes total heating time in alternations 
of 1 to 2 minutes at 600 Watts followed by 1 to 2 minutes with no 
power, etc., similar to the procedure described in Section 5.3.1. 
Allow the sample to cool. Add 10 ml of 3 percent H2O2 and 
heat for 2 more minutes. Add 50 ml of hot water, and heat for an 
additional 5 minutes. Cool, filter the sample, and dilute to 150 ml 
(or the appropriate volume for the expected metals concentrations) 
with water. This dilution produces Analytical Fraction 2A. Measure 
and record the volume to within 0.1 ml.

(Note: All microwave heating times given are approximate and are 
dependent upon the number of samples being digested at a time. 
Heating times as given above have been found acceptable for 
simultaneous digestion of up to 12 individual samples. Sufficient 
heating is evidenced by solvent reflux within the vessel.)

    5.3.5  Container No. 5A (Impinger 4), Container Nos. 5B and 5C 
(Impingers 5 and 6). Keep the samples in Containers Nos. 5A, 5B, and 
5C separate from each other. Measure and record the volume of 5A to 
within 0.5 ml. Label the contents of Container No. 5A to be 
Analytical Fraction 3A. To remove any brown MnO2 precipitate 
from the contents of Container No. 5B, filter its contents through 
Whatman 40 filter paper into a 500 ml volumetric flask and dilute to 
volume with water. Save the filter for digestion of the brown 
MnO2 precipitate. Label the 500 ml filtrate from Container No. 
5B to be Analytical Fraction 3B. Analyze Analytical Fraction 3B for 
Hg within 48 hours of the filtration step. Place the saved filter, 
which was used to remove the brown MnO2 precipitate, into an 
appropriately sized vented container, which will allow release of 
any gases including chlorine formed when the filter is digested. In 
a laboratory hood which will remove any gas produced by the 
digestion of the MnO2, add 25 ml of 8 N HCl to the filter and 
allow to digest for a minimum of 24 hours at room temperature. 
Filter the contents of Container No. 5C through a Whatman 40 filter 
into a 500-ml volumetric flask. Then filter the result of the 
digestion of the brown MnO2 from Container No. 5B through a 
Whatman 40 filter into the same 500-ml volumetric flask, and dilute 
and mix well to volume with water. Discard the Whatman 40 filter. 
Mark this combined 500-ml dilute HCl solution as Analytical Fraction 
3C.
    5.3.6  Container No. 6 (Silica Gel). Weigh the spent silica gel 
(or silica gel plus impinger) to the nearest 0.5 g using a balance.
    5.4  Sample Analysis. For each sampling train sample run, seven 
individual analytical samples are generated; two for all desired 
metals except Hg, and five for Hg. A schematic identifying each 
sample container and the prescribed analytical preparation and 
analysis scheme is shown in Figure 29-3. The first two analytical 
samples, labeled Analytical Fractions 1A and 1B, consist of the 
digested samples from the front-half of the train. Analytical 
Fraction 1A is for ICAP, ICP-MS or AAS analysis as described in 
Sections 5.4.1 and 5.4.2, respectively. Analytical Fraction 1B is 
for front-half Hg analysis as described in Section 5.4.3. The 
contents of the back-half of the train are used to prepare the third 
through seventh analytical samples. The third and fourth analytical 
samples, labeled Analytical Fractions 2A and 2B, contain the samples 
from the moisture removal impinger No. 1, if used, and 
HNO3H2O2 impingers Nos. 2 and 3. Analytical Fraction 
2A is for ICAP, ICP-MS or AAS analysis for target metals, except Hg. 
Analytical Fraction 2B is for analysis for Hg. The fifth through 
seventh analytical samples, labeled Analytical Fractions 3A, 3B, and 
3C, consist of the impinger contents and rinses from the empty 
impinger No. 4 and the H2SO4/KMnO4 Impingers Nos. 5 
and 6. These analytical samples are for analysis for Hg as described 
in Section 5.4.3. The total back-half Hg catch is determined from 
the sum of Analytical Fractions 2B, 3A, 3B, and 3C. Analytical 
Fractions 1A and 2A can be combined proportionally prior to 
analysis.
    5.4.1  ICAP and ICP-MS Analysis. Analyze Analytical Fractions 1A 
and 2A by ICAP using Method 6010 or Method 200.7 (40 CFR part 136, 
appendix C). Calibrate the ICAP, and set up an analysis program as 
described in Method 6010 or Method 200.7. Follow the quality control 
procedures described in Section 7.3.1. Recommended wavelengths for 
analysis are as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Wavelength
                           Element                               (nm)   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aluminum....................................................     308.215
Antimony....................................................     206.833
Arsenic.....................................................     193.696
Barium......................................................     455.403
Beryllium...................................................     313.042
Cadmium.....................................................     226.502
Chromium....................................................     267.716
Cobalt......................................................     228.616
Copper......................................................     324.754
Iron........................................................     259.940
Lead........................................................     220.353
Manganese...................................................     257.610
Nickel......................................................     231.604
Phosphorous.................................................     214.914
Selenium....................................................     196.026
Silver......................................................     328.068
Thallium....................................................     190.864
Zinc........................................................     213.856
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    These wavelengths represent the best combination of specificity 
and potential detection limit. Other wavelengths may be substituted 
if they can provide the needed specificity and detection limit, and 
are treated with the same corrective techniques for spectral 
interference. Initially, analyze all samples for the target metals 
(except Hg) plus Fe and Al. If Fe and Al are present, the sample 
might have to be diluted so that each of these elements is at a 
concentration of less than 50 ppm so as to reduce their spectral 
interferences on As, Cd, Cr, and Pb. Perform ICP-MS analysis by 
following Method 6020 in EPA Publication SW-846 Third Edition 
(November 1986) including updates I, II, IIA, and IIB, as 
incorporated by reference in Sec. 60.17(i).

(Note: When analyzing samples in a HF matrix, an alumina torch 
should be used;

[[Page 18275]]

since all front-half samples will contain HF, use an alumina torch.)

    5.4.2.  AAS by Direct Aspiration and/or GFAAS. If analysis of 
metals in Analytical Fractions 1A and 2A by using GFAAS or direct 
aspiration AAS is needed, use Table 29-2 to determine which 
techniques and procedures to apply for each target metal. Use Table 
29-2, if necessary, to determine techniques for minimization of 
interferences. Calibrate the instrument according to Section 6.3 and 
follow the qualit
FR Doc. 96-9834 Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants Addition of Method 29 to Appendix A of Part 60 and Amendments to Method 101A of Appendix B of Part 61
y control procedures specified in Section 7.3.2.

          Table 29-2.--Applicable Techniques, Methods and Minimization of Interference for AAS Analysis         
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    Interferences               
      Metal              Technique         SW-846 \1\   Wavelength ---------------------------------------------
                                           method No.      (nm)             Cause               Minimization    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fe...............  Aspiration...........         7380        248.3  Contamination........  Great care taken to  
                                                                                            avoid contamination.
Pb...............  Aspiration...........         7420        283.3  217.0 nm alternate...  Background correction
                                                                                            required.           
Pb...............  Furnace..............         7421        283.3  Poor recoveries......  Matrix modifier, add 
                                                                                            10 ul of phosphorus 
                                                                                            acid to 1 ml of     
                                                                                            prepared sample in  
                                                                                            sampler cup.        
Mn...............  Aspiration...........         7460        279.5  403.1 nm alternate...  Background correction
                                                                                            required.           
Ni...............  Aspiration...........         7520        232.0  352.4 nm alternate     Background correction
                                                                     Fe, Co, and Cr.        required.           
                                                                                           Matrix matching or   
                                                                                            nitrous-oxide/      
                                                                                            acetylene flame.    
                                                                    Nonlinear response...  sample dilution or   
                                                                                            use 352.3 nm line.  
Se...............  Furnace..............         7740        196.0  Volatility...........  Spike samples and    
                                                                                            reference materials 
                                                                                            and add nickel      
                                                                                            nitrate to minimize 
                                                                                            volatilization.     
                                                                    Adsorption & scatter.  Background correction
                                                                                            is required and     
                                                                                            Zeeman background   
                                                                                            correction can be   
                                                                                            useful.             
Ag...............  Aspiration...........         7760        328.1  Adsorption & Scatter   Background correction
                                                                     AgCl insoluble.        is required. Avoid  
                                                                                            Hydrochloric acid   
                                                                                            unless silver is in 
                                                                                            solution as a       
                                                                                            chloride complex    
                                                                                            Sample and standards
                                                                                            monitored for       
                                                                                            aspiration rate.    
Tl...............  Aspiration...........         7840        276.8  .....................  Background correction
                                                                                            is required.        
                                                                                            Hydrochloric acid   
                                                                                            should not be used. 
Tl...............  Furnace..............         7841        276.8  Hydrochloric acid or   Background correction
                                                                     chloride.              is required.        
                                                                                           Verify that losses   
                                                                                            are not occurring   
                                                                                            for volatization by 
                                                                                            spiked samples or   
                                                                                            standard addition;  
                                                                                            Palladium is a      
                                                                                            suitable matrix     
                                                                                            modifier.           
Zn...............  Aspiration...........         7950        213.9  High Si, Cu, & P       Strontium removes Cu 
                                                                     Contamination.         and phosphate, Great
                                                                                            care taken to avoid 
                                                                                            contamination.      
Sb...............  Aspiration...........         7040        217.6  1000 mg/ml Pb Ni, Cu,  Use secondary        
                                                                     or acid.               wavelengths of      
                                                                                            231.1.nm; match     
                                                                                            sample & standards  
                                                                                            acid concentration  
                                                                                            or use nitrous      
                                                                                            oxidefacetylene     
                                                                                            flame.              
Sb...............  Furnace..............         7041        217.6  High Pb..............  Secondary Wavelength 
                                                                                            or Zeeman           
                                                                                            correction.         
As...............  Furnace..............         7060        193.7  Arsenic                Spiked samples and   
                                                                     volatilization.        add nickel nitrate  
                                                                    Aluminum.............   solution to         
                                                                                            digestates prior to 
                                                                                            analysis.           
                                                                                           Use Zeeman background
                                                                                            correction.         
Ba...............  Aspiration 7080......         7080        553.6  Calcium..............  High hollow cathode  
                                                                    Barium ionization....   current and narrow  
                                                                                            band set.           
                                                                                           2 ml of KCl per 100  
                                                                                            ml of sample.       
Be...............  Aspiration...........         7090        234.9  500 ppm Al High Mg     Add 0.1% fluoride.   
                                                                     and Si.               Use method of        
                                                                                            standard additions. 
Be...............  Furnace..............         7091        234.9  Be in optical path...  Optimize parameters  
                                                                                            to minimize effects.
Cd...............  Aspiration...........         7130        228.8  Absorption and light   Background correction
                                                                     scattering.            is required.        

[[Page 18276]]

                                                                                                                
Cd...............  Furnace..............         7131        228.8  As above.............  As above.            
                                                                    Excess Chloride......  Ammonium phosphate   
                                                                    Pipet tips...........   used as a matrix    
                                                                                            modifier.           
                                                                                           Use cadmiun-free     
                                                                                            tips.               
Cr...............  Aspiration...........         7190        357.9  Akali metal..........  KCl ionization       
                                                                                            suppressant in      
                                                                                            samples and         
                                                                                            standards--Consult  
                                                                                            mfgs literature.    
Co...............  Furnace..............         7201        240.7  Excess chloride......  Use Method of        
                                                                                            Standard Additions. 
Cr...............  Furnace..............         7191        357.9  200 mg/L Ca and P....  All calcium nitrate  
                                                                                            for a known constant
                                                                                            effect and to       
                                                                                            eliminate effect of 
                                                                                            phosphate.          
Cu...............  Aspiration...........         7210        324.7  Absorption & scatter.  Consult              
                                                                                            manufacturer's      
                                                                                            manual.             
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Refer to EPA publication SW-846 Third Edition (November 1986) including updates I, II, IIA, and IIB, as     
  incorporated by reference in Sec.  60.17(i).                                                                  

    5.4.3  CVAAS Hg analysis. Analyze Analytical Fractions 1B, 2B, 
3A, 3B, and 3C separately for Hg using CVAAS following the method 
outlined in Method 7470 in EPA Publication SW-846 Third Edition 
(November 1986) including updates I, II, IIA and IIB, as 
incorporated by reference in Sec. 60.17(i) or in Standard Methods 
for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 16th Edition, (1985), 
Method 303F, as incorporated by reference in Sec. 60.17, or, 
optionally using NOTE No. 2 in this section. Set up the calibration 
curve (zero to 1000 ng) as described in Method 7470 or similar to 
Method 303F using 300-ml BOD bottles instead of Erlenmeyers. Perform 
the following for each Hg analysis. From each original sample, 
select and record an aliquot in the size range from 1 ml to 10 ml. 
If no prior knowledge of the expected amount of Hg in the sample 
exists, a 5 ml aliquot is suggested for the first dilution to 100 ml 
(see NOTE No. 1 in this Section). The total amount of Hg in the 
aliquot shall be less than 1 g and within the range (zero 
to 1000 ng) of the calibration curve. Place the sample aliquot into 
a separate 300-ml BOD bottle, and add enough water to make a total 
volume of 100 ml. Next add to it sequentially the sample digestion 
solutions and perform the sample preparation described in the 
procedures of Method 7470 or Method 303F. (See NOTE No. 2 in this 
Section). If the maximum readings are off-scale (because Hg in the 
aliquot exceeded the calibration range; including the situation 
where only a 1-ml aliquot of the original sample was digested), then 
dilute the original sample (or a portion of it) with 0.15 percent 
HNO3 (1.5 ml concentrated HNO3 per liter aqueous solution) 
so that when a 1- to 10-ml aliquot of the ``0.15 HNO3 percent 
dilution of the original sample'' is digested and analyzed by the 
procedures described above, it will yield an analysis within the 
range of the calibration curve.
    Note No. 1 to Section 5.4.3. When Hg levels in the sample 
fractions are below the in-stack detection limit given in Table 29-
1, select a 10 ml aliquot for digestion and analysis as described.
    Note No. 2 to Section 5.4.3. Optionally, Hg can be analyzed by 
using the CVAAS analytical procedures given by some instrument 
manufacturer's directions. These include calibration and quality 
control procedures for the Leeman Model PS200, the Perkin Elmer FIAS 
systems, and similar models, if available, of other instrument 
manufacturers. For digestion and analyses by these instruments, 
perform the following two steps:
    (1) Digest the sample aliquot through the addition of the 
aqueous hydroxylamine hydrochloride/sodium chloride solution the 
same as described in this Section 5.4.3.: (The Leeman, Perkin Elmer, 
and similar instruments described in this note add automatically the 
necessary stannous chloride solution during the automated analysis 
of Hg.) and
    (2) Upon completion of the digestion described in paragraph (1), 
of this note, analyze the sample according to the instrument 
manufacturer's directions. This approach allows multiple (including 
duplicate) automated analyses of a digested sample aliquot.

6. Calibration

    Maintain a laboratory log of all calibrations.
    6.1  Sampling Train Calibration. Calibrate the sampling train 
components according to the indicated sections of Method 5: Probe 
Nozzle (Section 5.1); Pitot Tube (Section 5.2); Metering System 
(Section 5.3); Probe Heater (Section 5.4); Temperature Gauges 
(Section 5.5); Leake-Check of the Metering System (Section 5.6); and 
Barometer (Section 5.7).
    6.2  Industively Coupled Argon Plasma Spectrometer Calibration. 
Prepare standards as outlined in Section 4.5. Profile and calibrate 
the instrument according to the manufacturer's recommended 
procedures using those standards. Check the calibration once per 
hour. If the instrument does not reproduce the standard 
concentrations within 10 percent, perform the complete calibration 
procedures. Perform ICP-MS analysis by following Method 6020 in EPA 
Publication SW-846 Third Edition (November 1986) including updates 
I, II, IIA and IIB, as incorporated by reference in Sec. 60.17(i).
    6.3  Atomic Absorption Spectrometer--Direct Aspiration AAS, 
GFAAS, and CVAAS analyses. Prepare the standards as outlined in 
Section 4.5 and use them to calibrate the spectrometer. Calibration 
procedures are also outlined in the EPA methods referred to in Table 
29-2 and in Method 7470 in EPA Publication SW-846 Third Edition 
(November 1986) including updates I, II, IIA and IIB, as 
incorporated by reference in Sec. 60.17(i) or in Standard Methods 
for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 16th Edition, (1985), 
Method 303F (for Hg) as incorporated by reference in Sec. 60.17. Run 
each standard curve in duplicate and use the mean values to 
calculate the calibration line. Recalibrate the instrument 
approximately once every 10 to 12 samples.

7. Quality Control

    7.1  Field Reagent Blanks, if analyzed. Perform the digestion 
and analysis of the blanks in Container Nos. 7 through 12 that were 
produced in Sections 5.2.11 through 5.2.17, respectively. For Hg 
field reagent blanks, use a 10 ml aliquot for digestion and 
analysis.
    7.1.1   Digest and analyze one of the filters from Container No. 
12 per Section 5.3.1, 100 ml from Container No. 7 per Section 5.3.2, 
and 100 ml from Container No. 8A per Section 5.3.3. This step 
produces blanks for Analytical Fractions 1A and 1B.
    7.1.2  Combine 100 ml of Container No. 8A with 200 ml from 
Container No. 9, and digest and analyze the resultant volume per 
Section 5.3.4. This step produces blanks for Analytical Fractions 2A 
and 2B.
    7.1.3  Digest and analyze a 100-ml portion of Container No. 8A 
to produce a blank for Analytical Fraction 3A.
    7.1.4  Combine 100 ml from Container No. 10 with 33 ml from 
Container No. 8B to produce a blank for Analytical Fraction 3B. 
Filter the resultant 133 ml as described for Container No. 5B in 
Section 5.3.5, except do not dilute the 133ml. Analyze this blank 
for Hg within 48 hrs. of the filtration step, and use 400 ml as the 
blank volume when calculating the blank mass value. Use the

[[Page 18277]]

actual volumes of the other analytical blanks when calculating their 
mass values.
    7.1.5  Digest the filter that was used to remove any brown 
MnO2 precipitate from the blank for Analytical Fraction 3B by 
the same procedure as described in Section 5.3.5 for the similar 
sample filter. Filter the digestate and the contents of Container 
No. 11 through Whatman 40 paper into a 500-ml volumetric flask, and 
dilute to volume with water. These steps produce a blank for 
Analytical Fraction 3C.
    7.1.6  Analyze the blanks for Analytical Fraction Blanks 1A and 
2A per Section 5.4.1 and/or Section 5.4.2. Analyze the blanks for 
Analytical Fractions 1B, 2B, 3A, 3B, and 3C per Section 5.4.3. 
Analysis of the blank for Analytical Fraction 1A produces the front-
half reagent blank correction values for the desired metals except 
for Hg; Analysis of the blank for Analytical Fraction 1B produces 
the front-half reagent blank correction value for Hg. Analysis of 
the blank for Analytical Fraction 2A produces the back-half reagent 
blank correction values for all of the desired metals except for Hg, 
while separate analyses of the blanks for Analytical Fractions 2B, 
3A, 3B, and 3C produce the back-half reagent blank correction value 
for Hg.
    7.2  Quality Control Samples. Analyze the following quality 
control samples.
    7.2.1  ICAP and ICP-MS Analysis. Follow the respective quality 
control descriptions in Section 8 of Methods 6010 and 6020 of EPA 
Publication SW-846 Third Edition (November 1986) including updates 
I, II, IIA and IIB, as incorporated by reference in Sec. 60.17(i). 
For the purposes of a source test that consists of three sample 
runs, modify those requirements to include the following: two 
instrument check standard runs, two calibration blank runs, one 
interference check sample at the beginning of the analysis (analyze 
by Method of Standard Additions unless within 25 percent), one 
quality control sample to check the accuracy of the calibration 
standards (required to be within 25 percent of calibration), and one 
duplicate analysis (required to be within 20 percent of average or 
repeat all analyses).
    7.2.2.  Direct Aspiration AAS and/or GFAAS Analysis for Sb, As, 
Ba, Be, Cd, Cu, Cr, Co, Pb, Ni, Mn, Hg, P, Se, Ag, Tl, and Zn. 
Analyze all samples in duplicate. Perform a matrix spike on at least 
one front-half sample and one back-half sample, or one combined 
sample. If recoveries of less than 75 percent or greater than 125 
percent are obtained for the matrix spike, analyze each sample by 
the Method of Standard Additions. Analyze a quality control sample 
to check the accuracy of the calibration standards. If the results 
are not within 20 percent, repeat the calibration.
    7.2.3  CVAAS Analysis for Hg. Analyze all samples in duplicate. 
Analyze a quality control sample to check the accuracy of the 
calibration standards (if not within 15 percent, repeat 
calibration). Perform a matrix spike on one sample (if not within 25 
percent, analyze all samples by the Method of Standard Additions). 
Additional information on quality control can be obtained from 
Method 7470 of EPA Publication SW-846 Third Edition (November 1986) 
including updates I, II, IIA and IIB, as incorporated by reference 
in Sec. 60.17(i) or in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water 
and Wastewater, 16th Edition, (1985), Method 303F as incorporated by 
reference in Sec. 60.17.

8. Calculations

    8.1  Dry Gas Volume. Using the data from this test, calculate 
Vm(std), the dry gas sample volume at standard conditions as 
outlined in Section 6.3 of Method 5.
    8.2  Volume of Water Vapor and Moisture Content. Using the total 
volume of condensate collected during the source sampling, calculate 
the volume of water vapor Vw(std) and the moisture content 
Bws of the stack gas. Use Equations 5-2 and 5-3 of Method 5.
    8.3  Stack Gas Velocity. Using the data from this test and 
Equation 2-9 of Method 2, calculate the average stack gas velocity.
    8.4  Metals (Except Hg) in Source Sample.
    8.4.1   Analytical Fraction 1A, Front-Half, Metals (except Hg). 
Calculate separately the amount of each metal collected in Sample 
Fraction 1 of the sampling train using the following equation:

Mfh=Ca1 Fd Vsoln,1      Eq. 29-1

where:
Mfh=Total mass of each metal (except Hg) collected in the front 
half of the sampling train (Sample Fraction 1), g.
Ca1=Concentration of metal in Analytical Fraction 1A as read 
from the standard curve, g/ml.
Fd=Dilution factor (Fd = the inverse of the fractional 
portion of the concentrated sample in the solution actually used in 
the instrument to produce the reading Ca1. For example, if a 2 
ml aliquot of Analytical Fraction 1A is diluted to 10 ml to place it 
in the calibration range, Fd = 5).
Vsoln,1=Total volume of digested sample solution (Analytical 
Fraction 1), ml.
    8.4.1.1  If Analytical Fractions 1A and 2A are combined, use 
proportional aliquots. Then make appropriate changes in Equations 
29-1 through 29-3 to reflect this approach.
    8.4.2  Analytical Fraction 2A, Back-Half, Metals (except Hg). 
Calculate separately the amount of each metal collected in Fraction 
2 of the sampling train using the following equation.

Mbh=Ca2 Fa Va      Eq. 29-2

where:
Mbh=Total mass of each metal (except Hg) collected in the back-
half of the sampling train (Sample Fraction 2), g.
Ca2=Concentration of metal in Analytical Fraction 2A as read 
from the standard curve, (g/ml).
Fa=Aliquot factor, volume of Sample Fraction 2 divided by 
volume of Sample Fraction 2A (see Section 5.3.4.)
Va=Total volume of digested sample solution (Analytical 
Fraction 2A), ml (see Section 5.3.4.1 or 5.3.4.2, as applicable).
    8.4.3  Total Train, Metals (except Hg). Calculate the total 
amount of each of the quantified metals collected in the sampling 
train as follows:

Mt=(Mfh - Mfhb) + (Mbh - Mbhb)    Eq. 29-3

where:
Mt=Total mass of each metal (separately stated for each metal) 
collected in the sampling train, g.
Mfhb=Blank correction value for mass of metal detected in 
front-half field reagent blank, g.
Mbhb=Blank correction value for mass of metal detected in back-
half field reagent blank, g.

    8.4.3.1  If the measured blank value for the front half 
(Mfhb) is in the range 0.0 to ``A'' g [where ``A'' 
g equals the value determined by multiplying 1.4 
g/in.2 times the actual area in in.2 of the 
sample filter], use Mfhb to correct the emission sample value 
(Mfh); if Mfhb exceeds ``A'' g, use the greater 
of I or II:
    I. ``A'' g.
    II. the lesser of (a) Mfhb, or (b) 5 percent of Mfh.
    If the measured blank value for the black-half (Mbhb) is in 
the range 0.0 to 1 g, use Mbhb to correct the emission 
sample value (Mbh); if Mbhb) exceeds 1 g, use the 
greater of I or II:
    I. 1 g.
    II. the lesser of (a) Mbhb or (b) 5 percent of Mbh.
    8.5  Hg in Source Sample.
    8.5.1  Analytical Fraction 1B; Front-Half Hg. Calculate the 
amount of Hg collected in the front-half, Sample Fraction 1, of the 
sampling train by using Equation 29-4:

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25AP96.005

where:
Hgfh=Total mass of Hg collected in the front-half of the 
sampling train (Sample Fraction 1), g.
Qfh=Quantity of Hg, g, TOTAL in the ALIQUOT of 
Analytical Fraction 1B selected for digestion and analysis.

    8.5.1.1  For example, if a 10 ml aliquot of Analytical Fraction 
1B is taken and digested and analyzed (according to Section 5.4.3 
and its NOTES Nos. 1 and 2), then calculate and use the total amount 
of Hg in the 10 ml aliquot for Qfh.

Vsoln,1=Total volume of Analytical Fraction 1, ml.
Vf1B=Volume of aliquot of Analytical Fraction 1B analyzed, ml.
    8.5.1.2  For example, if a 1 ml aliquot of Analytical Fraction 
1B was diluted to 50 ml with 0.15 percent HNO3 as described in 
Section 5.4.3 to bring it into the proper analytical range, and then 
1 ml of that 50-ml wa digested according to Section 5.4.3 and 
analyzed, Vf1B would be 0.02 ml.
    8.5.2  Analytical Fractions 2B, 3A, 3B, and 3C; Back Half Hg.
    8.5.2.1  Calculate the amount of Hg collected in Sample Fraction 
2 by using Equation 29-5:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25AP96.006

where:
Hgbh2=Total mass of Hg collected in Sample Fraction 2, 
g.

[[Page 18278]]

Qbh2=Quantity of Hg, g, TOTAL in the ALIQUOT of 
Analytical Fraction 2B selected for digestion and analysis.

    8.5.2.1.1  For example, if a 10 ml aliquot of Analytical 
Fraction 2B is taken and digested and analyzed (according to Section 
5.4.3 and its NOTES Nos. 1 and 2), then calculate and use the total 
amount of Hg in the 10 ml aliquot for Qbh2.

Vsoln,2=Total volume of Sample Fraction 2, ml.
Vf2B=Volume of Analytical Fraction 2B analyzed, ml.

    8.5.2.1.2  For example, if 1 ml of Analytical Fraction 2B was 
diluted to 10 ml with 0.15 percent HNO3 as described in Section 
5.4.3 to bring it into the proper analytical range, and then 5 ml of 
that 10-ml was analyzed, Vf2B would be 0.5 ml.
    8.5.2.2  Calculate each of the back-half Hg values for 
Analytical Fractions 3A, 3B, and 3C by using Equation 29-6:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25AP96.007

where:
Hgbh3 (A,B,C)=Total mass of Hg collected separately in Fraction 
3A, 3B, or 3C, g.
Qbh3 (A,B,C)=Quantity of Hg, g, TOTAL, separately, in 
the ALIQUOT of Analytical Fraction 3A, 3B, and 3C selected for 
digestion and analysis, (see previous notes in Sections 8.5.1 and 
8.5.2 describing the quantity ``Q'' and calculate similarly).
Vf3 (A,B,C)=Volume, separately, of Analytical Fraction 3A, 3B, 
or 3C analyzed, ml (see previous notes in Sections 8.5.1 and 8.5.2, 
describing the quantity ``V'' and calculate similarly).
Vsoln, 3 (A,B,C)=Total volume, separately, of Analytical 
Fraction 3A, 3B, or 3C, ml.

    8.5.2.3  Calculate the total amount of Hg collected in the back-
half of the sampling train by using Equation 29-7:

Hgbh=Hgbh2+Hgbh3A+Hgbh3B+Hgbh3C  Eq. 29-7

where:
Hgbh=Total mass of Hg collected in the back-half of the 
sampling train, g.

    8.5.3  Total Train Hg Catch. Calculate the total amount of Hg 
collected in the sampling train by using Equation 29-8:

Hgt=(Hgfh-Hgfhb)+(Hgbh-Hgbhb)  Eq. 29-8

where:
Hgt=Total mass of Hg collected in the sampling train, 
g.
Hgfhb=Blank correction value for mass of Hg detected in front-
half field reagent blank, g.
Hgbhb=Blank correction value for mass of Hg detected in back-
half field reagent blanks, g.

    8.5.4  If the total of the measured blank values 
(Hgfhb+Hgbhb) is in the range of 0.0 to 0.6 g, 
then use the total to correct the sample value 
(Hgfh+Hgbh); if it exceeds 0.6 g, use the greater 
of I. or II:
    I. 0.6 g.
    II. the lesser of (a) (Hgfhb+Hgbhb), or (b) 5 percent 
of the sample value (Hgfh+Hgbh).
    8.6  Individual Metal Concentrations in Stack Gas. Calculate the 
concentration of each metal in the stack gas (dry basis, adjusted to 
standard conditions) by using Equation 29-9:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25AP96.008

Cs=Concentration of a metal in the stack gas, mg/dscm.
K4=10-3 mg/g.
Mt=Total mass of that metal collected in the sampling train, 
g; (substitute Hgt for Mt for the Hg 
calculation).
Vm(std)=Volume of gas sample as measured by the dry gas meter, 
corrected to dry standard conditions, dscm.

    8.7  Isokinetic Variation and Acceptable Results. Same as Method 
5, Sections 6.11 and 6.12, respectively.

9. Bibliography

    1. Method 303F in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water 
Wastewater, 16th Edition, 1985. Available from the American Pubic 
Health Association, 1015 18th Street NW., Washington, DC 20036.
    2. EPA Methods 6010, 6020, 7000, 7041, 7060, 7131, 7421, 7470, 
7740, and 7841, Tesdt Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste: Physical/
Chemical Methods. SW-846, Third Edition, September 1986, with 
updates I, II, IIA and IIB. Office of Solid Waste and Emergency 
Response, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC 
20460.
    3. EPA Method 200.7, Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40, Part 
136, Appendix C. July 1, 1987.
    4. EPA Methods 1 through 5, Code of Federal Regulations, Title 
40, Part 60, Appendix A. July 1, 1991.
    5. EPA Method 101A, Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40, Part 
61, Appendix B. July 1, 1991.

PART 61--[AMENDED]

    3. The authority citation for part 61 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401, 7412, 7414, 7416, and 7601.

    4. In part 61, Method 101A of appendix B, by revising the heading, 
Sections 6.1.5, 7.2.1, 7.2.3, 7.2.5, 7.3.1., 7.3.2, 7.3.3, and 9.2; and 
by adding sections 5.2.4 through 5.2.7, 6.1.7, 6.1.8, 7.2.1.1 through 
7.2.1.3, 7.2.6, 9.2.1, 9.2.2 and reference 3 of item 10 bibliograph; 
and by adding text to the end of section 6.1.6 to read as follows:

 Appendix B--Test Methods

* * * * *

Method 101A--Determination of Particulate and Gaseous Mercury Emissions 
From Stationary Sources

* * * * *
    5.2.4  Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer or Equivalent. Any 
atomic absorption unit with an open sample presentation area in 
which to mount the optical cell is suitable. Use those instrument 
settings recommended by the particular manufacturer. Instruments 
designed specifically for the measurement of mercury using the cold-
vapor technique are commercially available and may be substituted 
for the atomic absorption spectrophotometer.
    5.2.5  Optical Cell. Alternatively, a heat lamp mounted above 
the cell or a moisture trap installed upstream of the cell may be 
used.
    5.2.6 Aeration Cell. Alternatively, aeration cells available 
with commercial cold vapor instrumentation may be used.
    5.2.7  Aeration Gas Cylinder. Nitrogen, argon, or dry, Hg-free 
air, equipped with a single-stage regulator. Alternatively, aeration 
may be provided by a peristaltic metering pump. If a commercial cold 
vapor instrument is used, follow the manufacturer's recommendations.
* * * * *
    6.1.5  Sulfuric Acid (H2SO4), 10 Percent (V/V). 
Carefully add and mix 100 ml of concentrated H2SO4 to 800 
ml of deionized distilled water. Then, by adding deionized distilled 
water, mix and bring to a final volume of 1000 ml.
    6.1.6 * * *
    Precaution: To prevent autocatalytic decomposition of the 
permanganate solution, filter the solution through Whatman 541 
filter paper. Also, due to the potential reaction of the potassium 
permanganate with the acid, there could be pressure buildup in the 
solution storage bottle; therefore these bottles shall not be fully 
filled and shall be vented to relieve excess pressure and prevent 
explosive potentials. Venting is required, but should not allow 
contamination of the solution; a No. 70-72 hole drilled in the 
container cap and Teflon liner has been used.
    6.1.7  Hydrochloric Acid (HCL). Concentrated. Trace-metals grade 
is recommended. The Hg level shall be less than 3 ng/ml.
    6.1.8  HCL, 8 N. Dilute 67 ml of concentrated HCl to 100 ml with 
water (slowly add the HCl to the water).
* * * * *
    7.2.1  Container No. 1 (Impinger, Probe, and Filter Holder) and, 
if applicable, No. 1A (HCl rinse).
    7.2.1.1  Using a graduated cylinder, measure the liquid in the 
first three

[[Page 18279]]

impingers to within 1 ml. Record the volume of liquid present (e.g., 
see Figure 5-3 of Method 5 in 40 CFR Part 60). This information is 
required to calculate the moisture content of the effluent gas. (Use 
only graduated cylinder and glass storage bottles that have been 
precleaned as in Section 7.1.2.) Place the contents of the first 
three impingers into a 1000-ml glass sample bottle labeled Container 
No. 1. See the Precaution in Section 6.1.6.

    Note No. 1 to Section 7.2.1.1: Due to the potential reaction of 
KMnO4 with acid, there could be pressure buildup in the sample 
storage bottles. These bottles shall not be filled completely and 
shall be vented to relieve excess pressure. A No. 70-72 hole drilled 
in the container cap and Teflon liner has been used successfully).
    Note No. 2 to Section 7.2.1.1: If a filter is used in the 
sampling train, remove the filter from its holder as outlined under 
``Container No. 3'' below.)

    7.2.1.2  Taking care that dust on the outside of the probe or 
other exterior surfaces does not get into the sample, quantitatively 
recover the Hg (and any condensate) from the probe nozzle, probe 
fitting, probe liner, front half of the filter holder (if 
applicable), and impingers as follows: Rinse these components with a 
total of 250 to 400 ml of fresh acidified 4 percent KMnO4 
solution carefully assuring removal of all loose particulate matter 
from the impingers; add all washings to Container No. 1. See the 
Precaution in Section 6.1.6 and see the Note No. 1 in Section 
7.2.1.1. To remove any residual brown deposits on the glassware 
following the permanganate rinse, rinse with approximately 100 ml of 
water carefully assuring removal of all loose particulate matter 
from the impingers, and add this rinse to Container No. 1. If no 
visible deposits remain after this water rinse, do not rinse with 8 
N HCl. However, if deposits do remain on the glassware after the 
water rinse, wash the impinger walls and stems with a total of only 
25 ml of 8 N HCl as follows; turn and shake the impingers so that 
the 8 N HCl contacts all inside surfaces (wash the first impinger, 
then pour the wash from the first impinger into the second impinger, 
and finally pour the wash from the second into the third). DO NOT 
PLACE THE HCl WASH INTO THE ACIDIFIED PERMANGANATE SOLUTION. Place 
the HCl wash into a separate container labeled Container No. 1A as 
follows: place 150 ml of water in an empty sample container labeled 
Container No. 1A. Pour the HCl wash carefully, with stirring, into 
Container No. 1A. Rinse the impinger walls and stem with a total of 
50 ml of water, and place this rinse into Container No. 1A.
    7.2.1.3  After all washings have been collected in the sample 
containers, prepare as described above to prevent leakage during 
shipment to the laboratory. Mark the height of the fluid level to 
determine whether leakage occurs during transport. Label the 
containers to identify their contents clearly.
    7.2.3  Container No, 3 (Filter). If a filter was used, carefully 
remove it from the filter holder, place it into a 100 ml glass 
sample container, and add 20 to 40 ml of acidified KMnO4. If it 
is necessary to fold the filter, be sure that the particulate cake 
is inside the fold. Carefully transfer to the 100 ml sample bottle 
any particulate matter and filter fibers that might adhere to the 
filter holder gasket by using a dry Nylon bristle brush and a sharp 
edged blade. See the Precaution in Section 6.1.6 and see the Note 
No. 1 in Section 7.2.1.1. Label the container to clearly identify 
its contents. Mark the height of the fluid level to determine 
whether leakage occurs during transport.
* * * * *
    7.2.5  Container No, 5 (Absorbing Solution Blank). For a blank, 
place 500 ml of acidified absorbing solution in a 1000 ml sample 
bottle. See the Precaution in Section 6.1.6 and see the Note No. 1 
in Section 7.2.1.1.
    7.2.6  Container No. 6 (HCl rinse blank). For a blank, place 200 
ml of water in a 1000-ml sample bottle, and add 25 ml of 8 N HCl 
carefully with stirring. Seal the container. Only one blank sample 
per 3 runs is required.
* * * * *
    7.3.1  Containers No. 3 and No. 4 (Filter and Filter Blank). If 
a filter is used, place the contents, including the filter, of 
Containers No. 3 and 4 in separate 250-ml beakers, and heat the 
beakers on a steam bath until most of the liquid has evaporated. Do 
not take to dryness. Add 20 ml of concentrated HNO3 to the 
beakers, cover them with a watch glass, and heat on a hot plate at 
70  deg.C for 2 hours. Remove from the hot plate. Filter the 
solution from digestion of the Container No. 3 contents through 
Whatman No. 40 filter paper, and save the filtrate for addition to 
the Container No. 1 filtrate as described in Section 7.3.2. Discard 
the filter. Filter the solution from the digestion of the Container 
No. 4 contents through Whatman No. 40 filter paper, and save the 
filtrate for addition to Container No. 5 filtrate as described in 
Section 7.3.3. Discard the filter.
    7.3.2  Container No. 1 (Impingers, Probe, and Filter Holder) 
and, if applicable, No. 1A (HCl rinse). Filter the contents of 
Container No. 1 through Whatman 40 filter paper into a 1-liter 
volumetric flask to remove the brown MnO2 precipitate. Save the 
filter for digestion of the brown MnO2 precipitate. Add the 
sample filtrate from Container No. 3 to the 1-liter volumetric 
flask, and dilute to volume with water. If the combined filtrates 
are greater than 1000 ml, determine the volume to the nearest ml and 
make the appropriate corrections for blank subtractions. Mix 
thoroughly. Mark the combined filtrates as ANALYSIS SAMPLE No. A.1. 
and analyze for Hg within 48 hr of the filtration step (Note: Do not 
confuse ANALYSIS SAMPLE No. A.1. with the contents of field Sample 
Container No. 1A which contains the 8 N HCl wash). Place the saved 
filter, which was used to remove the brown MnO2 precipitate, 
into an appropriate sized vented container, which will allow release 
of any gases including chlorine formed when the filter is digested. 
In a laboratory hood which will remove any gas produced by the 
digestion of the MnO2, add 25 ml of 8 N HCl to the filter and 
allow to digest for a minimum of 24 hours at room temperature. 
Filter the contents of Container 1A through Whatman 40 paper into a 
500-ml volumetric flask. Then filter the result of the digestion of 
the brown MnO2 from Container No. 1 through Whatman 40 filter 
into the same 500-ml volumetric flask, and dilute and mix well to 
volume with water. Discard the filter. Mark this combined 500-ml 
dilute solution as ANALYSIS SAMPLE No. HCL A.2., and analyze for Hg.
    7.3.3  Container No. 5 (Absorbing Solution Blank) and No. 6 (HCl 
Rinse Blank). Prepare the contents of Container No. 5 for analysis 
by the same procedure used for Container No. 1 as described in 
Section 7.3.2. Add the filter blank filtrate from Container No. 4 to 
the 1-liter volumetric flask, and dilute to volume. Mix thoroughly. 
Mark this as ANALYSIS SAMPLE No. A.1. BLANK, and analyze for Hg 
within 48 hours of the filtration step. Digest any brown precipitate 
remaining on the filter from the filtration of Container No. 5 by 
the same procedure as described in Section 7.3.2. Filter the 
contents of Container No. 6 by the same procedure as described in 
Section 7.3.2, and combine in the 500-ml volumetric flask with the 
filtrate from the digested blank MnO2 precipitate. Mark this 
resultant 500-ml combined dilute solution as ANALYSIS SAMPLE No. HCl 
A.2 blank. (Note: When analyzing samples A.1 blank and HCl A.2 
blank, always begin with 10-ml aliquots. This applies specifically 
to blank samples.)
* * * * *
    9. * * *
    9.2  Total Mercury. For each source sample, correct the average 
maximum absorbance of the two consecutive samples whose peak heights 
agree within 3 percent of their average for the contribution of the 
blank. Then calculate the total Hg content in g in each 
sample. Correct for any dilutions made to bring the sample into the 
working range of the spectrophotometer.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25AP96.009

[[Page 18280]]

    where:
m(HCl) Hg=Total blank corrected g of Hg in HCl rinse 
and HCl digestate of filter sample
C(HCl) Hg=Total ng of Hg analyzed in the aliquot from the 500-
ml ANALYSIS SAMPLE No. HCl A.2.
C(HCl blk) Hg=Total ng of Hg analyzed in aliquot of the 500-ml 
ANALYSIS SAMPLE No. HCl A.2 blank.
D.F.(HCl) Hg=Dilution factor for the HCl-digested Hg-containing 
solution, ANALYSIS SAMPLE No. ``HCl A.2.'' This dilution factor 
applies only to the dilution steps, if necessary, of the 500 ml of 
the original sample volume [Vf (HCl)] of ``HCl A.2'' because 
the original volume has been factored out in the equation along with 
the sample aliquot (S). In Eq. 101A-1, the sample aliquot, S, is 
digested according to Sections 7.4, 8.1, and 8.2 and the Hg from 
this digestion is introduced directly into the aeration cell for 
analysis. A dilution factor is required only if it is necessary to 
bring the sample into the analytical instrument's calibration range. 
If no dilution is necessary, then D.F. (HCl) Hg equals 1.0.
D.F. (HCl blk)Hg=Dilution factor for the HCl-digested Hg-containing 
solution, ANALYSIS SAMPLE No. ``HCl A.2 blank.'' (Refer to sample 
No. ``HCl A.2'' dilution factor information above.)
Vf(HCl)=Solution volume of original sample, 500 ml for the HCl 
samples diluted as described in Section 7.3.
10-3=Conversion factor g/ng.
S=Aliquot volume of sample: digested according to Sections 7.4, 8.1, 
8.2 and the Hg from this digestion is introduced directly into the 
aeration cell for analysis, ml.
Sblk=Aliquot volume of blank: digested according to Sections 
7.4, 8.1, and 8.2 and the Hg from this digestion is introduced 
directly into the aeration cell for analysis, ml.

    9.2.1  The maximum allowable blank subtraction for the Hg in the 
HCl washes is the lesser of the two following values: (1) the actual 
blank measured value (ANALYSIS SAMPLE NO. HCl A.2 blank), or (2) 5% 
of the Hg content in the combined HCl rinse and digested sample 
(ANALYSIS SAMPLE No. HCl A.2).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25AP96.010

where:
m(fltr)Hg=Total blank corrected g of Hg in KMnO4 
filtrate and HNO3 digestion of filter sample.
C(fltr)Hg=Total ng of Hg in aliquot of KMnO4 filtrate and 
HNO3 digestion of filter analyzed (aliquot of ANALYSIS SAMPLE 
No. A.1).
C(fltr blk)Hg=Total ng of Hg analyzed in aliquot of KMnO4 
blank and HNO3 digestion of blank filter (aliquot of ANALYSIS 
SAMPLE No. A.1 blank).
Vf(fltr)=Solution volume of original sample, normally 100 ml 
for samples diluted as described in Section 7.3.
Vf(blk)=Solution volume of blank sample, 1000 ml for samples 
diluted as described in Section 7.3.
D.F.(fltr)Hg=Dilution factors, if necessary for ANALYSIS SAMPLE 
No. A.1, calculated similarly to those above for the (HC1) Hg 
samples.
D.F.(fltr blk)Hg=Dilution factors, if necessary for ANALYSIS 
SAMPLE No. A.1 blank, calculated similarly to those above for the 
(HCl blk)Hg samples.

    9.2.2  The maximum allowable blank subtraction for the HCl is 
the lesser of the two following values: (1) the actual blank 
measured value (ANALYSIS SAMPLE No. ``A.1 blank''), or (2) 5% of the 
Hg content in the filtrate (ANALYSIS SAMPLE No. ``A.1'').

mHg=m(HC1)Hg+m(fltr)Hg      Eq. 101A-3

where:
mHg=Total blank corrected Hg content in each sample, 
g.
m(HC1)Hg=Total blank corrected g of Hg in HCl rinse 
and HCl digestate of filter sample.
M(fltr)Hg=Total blank corrected g of Hg in KMnO4 
filtrate and HNO3 digestion of filter sample.
* * * * *
    10. * * *
    3. Wilshire, Frank W., J.E. Knoll, T.E. Ward, and M.R. Midgett. 
Reliability Study of the U.S. EPA's Method 101A--Determiantion of 
Particulate and Gaseous Mercury Emissions U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. Report No. 600/D-31/
219 AREAL 367, NTIS Acc No. PB91-23361.
* * * * *
    5. In Appendix B to part 61, Method 101A is amended by revising 
the second and last sentences of section 7.1.1 and by revising the 
last two sentences of the first paragraph of section 7.1.2 to read 
as follows:

Appendix B to Part 61--Test Methods

* * * * *

Method 101A  Determination of Particulate and Gaseous Mercury Emissions 
From Sewage Sludge Incinerators Meth. 101A

* * * * *
    7.1.1 * * * In this method, highly oxidizable matter could make 
it impossible to sample for the required minimum time.* * * In cases 
where an excess of water condensation is encountered, collect two 
runs to make one sample, or add an extra impinger in front of the 
first impinger (also containing acidified KMnO4 solution).
    7.2.1 * * * In this method, clean all the glass components (a 
hood is recommended) by rinsing with 50 percent HNO3, tap 
water, 8 N HCl, tap water, and finally deionized distilled water. 
Then place 50 ml of the acidified 4 percent KMnO4 absorbing 
solution in the first impinger and 100 ml in each of the second and 
third impingers.
* * * * *
[FR Doc. 96-9834 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-M

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-9794 Cable Television Service; List of Major Television Markets
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18291-18292]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9794]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
47 CFR Part 76

[CS Docket No. 95-139; DA 96-574]

Cable Television Service; List of Major Television Markets

AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Commission, through this action, amends its rules 
regarding the listing of major television markets, to change the 
designation of the Raleigh-Durham-Goldsboro television market to 
include the community of Fayetteville, North Carolina. This action, 
taken at the request of Capital Cities/ABC, Inc., licensee of 
television station WTVD(TV), channel 11, Durham, North Carolina; 
Capitol Broadcasting Company, Inc., licensee of television station 
WRAL(TV), channel 5, Raleigh, North Carolina; Delta Broadcasting, Inc., 
licensee of television station WKFT(TV), channel 40, Fayetteville, 
North Carolina; FSF TV, Inc., licensee of television station WRDC(TV), 
channel 28, Durham, North Carolina; and Paramount Stations Group of 
Raleigh Durham Inc., licensee of television station WLFL(TV), channel 
22, Raleigh, North Carolina and after evaluation of the comments filed 
in this proceeding, amends the rules to

[[Page 18292]]

designate the subject market as the Raleigh-Durham-Goldsboro-
Fayetteville, North Carolina television market. With this action, this 
proceeding is terminated.

EFFECTIVE DATE: May 28, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Vanessa Stallings, Cable Services 
Bureau, (202) 416-0800.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a synopsis of the Commission's 
Report and Order, Docket 95-139, adopted April 9, 1996 and released 
April 15, 1996. The full text of this decision is available for 
inspection and copying during normal business hours in the FCC 
Reference Center (room 239), 1919 M Street NW., Washington, D.C. 20554, 
and may be purchased from the Commission's copy contractor, 
International Transcription Service, (202) 857-3800, 1919 M Street NW., 
Washington, D.C. 20554.

List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 76

    Cable television.

Federal Communications Commission.
William H. Johnson,
Deputy Chief, Cable Services Bureau.

Rule Changes

    Part 76 of Chapter I of Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations 
is amended as follows:

PART 76--CABLE TELEVISION SERVICE

    1. The authority citation for Part 76 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: Secs. 2, 3, 4, 301, 303, 307, 308, 309, 324A, 48 
Stat., as amended, 1064, 1065, 1066, 1081, 1082, 1083, 1084, 1085, 
1101; 47 U.S.C. Secs. 152, 153, 154, 301, 303, 307, 308, 309, 532, 
533, 535, 542, 543, 544A, 552 as amended, 106 Stat. 1460.

    2. Section 76.51 is amended by revising paragraph (b)(73) to read 
as follows:

Sec. 76.51  Major television markets.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (73) Raleigh-Durham-Goldsboro-Fayetteville, North Carolina.
* * * * *
[FR Doc. 96-9794 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712-01-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10288 Regulatory Reinvention; Streamlining of HUD's Regulations Implementing the Fair Housing Act; Correction
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18248-18249]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10288]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT

Office of the Assistant Secretary for Fair Housing and Equal 
Opportunity

24 CFR Parts 100, 103, and 109

[Docket No. FR-4029-C-02]
RIN 2529-AA78

Regulatory Reinvention; Streamlining of HUD's Regulations 
Implementing the Fair Housing Act; Correction

AGENCY: Office of the Assistant Secretary for Fair Housing and Equal 
Opportunity, HUD.

ACTION: Final rule, correction.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: On April 1, 1996 (61 FR 14378), HUD published a final rule 
streamlining its regulations implementing the Fair Housing Act. The 
April 1, 1996 final rule implemented the Housing for Older Persons Act 
of 1995 by substantively revising HUD's regulations governing housing 
for persons 55 years of age or older. However, the final rule failed to 
incorporate certain changes which HUD had determined were necessary. 
The purpose of this document is to correct the April 1, 1996 final rule 
by making the required amendments to HUD's regulations governing 
housing for older persons. For the convenience of readers, HUD is re-
publishing the entire regulatory text of the April 1, 1996 final rule, 
but incorporating the correction made by this document.

EFFECTIVE DATE: May 1, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Susan Forward, Deputy Assistant

[[Page 18249]]

Secretary for Enforcement and Investigations, Room 5106, Department of 
Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 
20410, telephone number (202) 708-4211. For hearing- and speech-
impaired persons, this number may be accessed via TTY by calling the 
Federal Information Relay Service at 1-800-877-8339. (With the 
exception of the ``800'' number, these numbers are not toll free.)

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On April 1, 1996 (61 FR 14378), HUD 
published a final rule which, among other streamlining amendments, 
implemented the Housing for Older Persons Act of 1995 (Pub.L. 104-76, 
approved December 28, 1996). Specifically, the April 1, 1996 rule 
merged 24 CFR 100.304 and 100.315, and revised Sec. 100.304 to track 
the statutory language. In addition, the provisions describing the 
``significant facilities and services'' requirement for ``55 or over'' 
housing in Secs. 100.305, 100.306, 100.307, 100.310, and 100.316, were 
deleted to conform to the new requirements for ``55 or over'' housing 
established by the Housing for Older Persons Act.
    However, the April 1, 1996 final rule failed to incorporate certain 
changes that HUD had determined were necessary. Revised Sec. 100.304 
retained most of the substance of former 24 CFR 100.315(b)(4). This 
provision concerned the ability of housing providers to meet the 80 
percent occupancy requirement for ``55 or over'' housing by reserving 
unoccupied units for occupancy by persons 55 years of age or older. HUD 
had decided that removal of former 24 CFR 100.315(b)(4) was necessary 
for complete and effective implementation of the Housing for Older 
Persons Act. This document makes the necessary correction. For the 
convenience of readers, HUD is re-publishing the entire regulatory text 
of the April 1, 1996 final rule, but incorporating the correction made 
by this document.
    Accordingly, FR Doc. FR-4029-F-01, Regulatory Reinvention; 
Streamlining of HUD's Regulations Implementing the Fair Housing Act, 
published in the Federal Register on April 1, 1996 (61 FR 14378) is 
corrected by re-publishing the regulatory text to read as follows:

PART 100--DISCRIMINATORY CONDUCT UNDER THE FAIR HOUSING ACT

    1. The authority citation for part 100 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 3535(d), 3600-3619.

    2. Section 100.304 is revised to read as follows:

Sec. 100.304  55 or over housing.

    (a) The provisions regarding familial status shall not apply to 
housing intended and operated for occupancy by at least one person 55 
years of age or older per unit pursuant to this section.
    (b) In order to qualify as housing for older persons under this 
section, at least 80 percent of the units in the housing facility must 
be occupied by at least one person 55 years of age or older, except 
that a newly constructed housing facility for first occupancy after 
March 12, 1989, need not comply with this section until 25 percent of 
the units in the facility are occupied.
    (c) Housing satisfies the requirements of this section even though:
    (1) On September 13, 1988, under 80 percent of the occupied units 
in the housing facility are occupied by at least one person 55 years of 
age or older per unit, provided that at least 80 percent of the units 
that are occupied after September 13, 1988, are occupied by at least 
one person 55 years of age or older.
    (2) There are unoccupied units, provided that at least 80 percent 
of the occupied units are occupied by at least one person 55 years of 
age or older.
    (3) There are units occupied by employees of the housing provider 
(and family members residing in the same unit) who are under 55 years 
of age, provided the employees perform substantial duties directly 
related to the management or maintenance of the housing.

Secs. 100.305, 100.306, 100.307, 100.310, 100.315, and 
100.316  [Removed]

    3. Sections 100.305, 100.306, 100.307, 100.310, 100.315, and 
100.316 are removed.

PART 103--FAIR HOUSING COMPLAINT PROCESSING

    4. The authority citation for part 103 is revised to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 3535(d), 3600-3619.

    5. Section 103.30 is amended by revising paragraph (b) to read as 
follows:

Sec. 103.30  Form and content of complaint.

* * * * *
    (b) The Assistant Secretary may require complaints to be made on 
prescribed forms.
* * * * *

Sec. 103.105  [Amended]

    6. Section 103.105 is amended by removing paragraph (a) and 
removing the paragraph designation ``(b)'' from paragraph (b).
    7. Section 103.110 is amended by revising paragraph (c) to read as 
follows:

Sec. 103.110  Reactivation of referred complaints.

* * * * *
    (c) The substantially equivalent State or local agency has failed 
to commence proceedings with respect to the complaint within 30 days of 
the date that it received the notification and referral of the 
complaint; or the agency commenced proceedings within this 30-day 
period, but the Assistant Secretary determines that the agency has 
failed to carry the proceedings forward with reasonable promptness.
    8. Section 103.225 is revised to read as follows:

Sec. 103.225  Completion of investigation.

    The investigation will remain open until a determination is made 
under Sec. 103.400, or a conciliation agreement is executed and 
approved under Sec. 103.310. Unless it is impracticable to do so, the 
Assistant Secretary will complete the investigation of the alleged 
discriminatory housing practice within 100 days of the filing of the 
complaint (or where the Assistant Secretary reactivates the complaint, 
within 100 days after service of the notice of reactivation under 
Sec. 103.115). If the Assistant Secretary is unable to complete the 
investigation within the 100-day period, HUD will notify the aggrieved 
person and the respondent, by mail, of the reasons for the delay.

PART 109--[REMOVED]

    9. Part 109 is removed.

    Dated: April 17, 1996.
Elizabeth K. Julian,
Assistant Secretary for Fair Housing and Equal Opportunity.
[FR Doc. 96-10288 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4210-28-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10285 Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing-Federal Housing Commissioner; Federal Manufactured Housing Program; Streamlining Final Rule; Correction
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18249-18250]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10285]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT
24 CFR Part 3280

[Docket No. FR-4025-C-02]
RIN 2502-AG70

Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing-Federal Housing 
Commissioner; Federal Manufactured Housing Program; Streamlining Final 
Rule; Correction

AGENCY: Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing-Federal Housing 
Commissioner, HUD.

ACTION: Correction to final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: On March 15, 1996 (61 FR 10858), the Department published a 
final rule streamlining its regulations under the National Manufactured 
Housing Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974. In part, this 
final

[[Page 18250]]

rule removed part 3283 from the Code of Federal Regulations and made 
related conforming changes in other provisions in the manufactured 
housing regulations. However, one conforming change was inadvertently 
omitted from the rule. Therefore, this correction revises Sec. 3280.3 
in the manufactured housing regulations to delete a reference to part 
3283, which was removed by the March 15 rule.

EFFECTIVE DATE: April 25, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: David R. Williamson, Director, Office 
of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs, Department of Housing and Urban 
Development, Room 5241, Washington, DC; telephone number: (202) 755-
4560 (this is not a toll-free number). For hearing- and speech-impaired 
persons, this number may be accessed via TTY (text telephone) by 
calling the Federal Information Relay Service at 1-800-877-8339.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Accordingly, FR Doc. 96-6163, Federal 
Manufactured Housing Program; Streamlining Final Rule (FR-4025-F-01), 
published on March 15, 1996, is corrected by adding the following 
amendment in title 24 of the Code of Federal Regulations:

PART 3280--MANUFACTURED HOME CONSTRUCTION AND SAFETY STANDARDS

    1. The authority citations for part 3280 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 3535(d), 5403, and 5424.

    2. Section 3280.3 is revised to read as follows:

Sec. 3280.3  Manufactured home procedural and enforcement regulations 
and consumer manual requirements.

    A manufacturer must comply with the requirements of this part 3280, 
part 3282 of this chapter, and 42 U.S.C. 5416.

    Dated: April 19, 1996.
Camille E. Acevedo,
Assistant General Counsel for Regulations.
[FR Doc. 96-10285 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4210-27-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10280 Requirement to Report Suspicious Transactions; Correction
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Page 18250]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10280]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY

31 CFR Part 103

RIN 1506-AA13

Requirement to Report Suspicious Transactions; Correction

AGENCY: Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, Treasury.

ACTION: Correction to final regulations.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This document contains a correction to the final rule 
requiring banks to file reports of suspicious transactions under the 
Bank Secrecy Act, which was published Monday, February 5, 1996 (61 FR 
4326).

EFFECTIVE DATE: April 25, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Charles Klingman, Office of Financial 
Institutions Policy, FinCEN (703) 905-3920; or Joseph M. Myers, 
Attorney-Advisor, Office of Legal Counsel, FinCEN, at (703) 905-3590.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Background

    The final regulations that are the subject of these corrections 
require banks and other depository institutions to report to the 
Department of the Treasury under the Bank Secrecy Act any suspicious 
transactions relevant to possible violations of federal law or 
regulation.

Need for Correction

    As published, the final regulations contain an error which may 
prove to be misleading and is in need of clarification.

Correction of Publication

    Accordingly, the publication on February 5, 1996 of the final 
regulations, which were the subject of FR Doc. 96-2272, is corrected as 
follows:

Sec. 103.21  [Corrected]

    3. On page 4332, in the second column, in Sec. 103.21, paragraph 
(f), line 7, the word ``shall'' is corrected to read ``may''.

    Dated: April 22, 1996.
Anna Fotias,
Alternate Federal Register Liaison Officer, Financial Crimes 
Enforcement Network.
[FR Doc. 96-10280 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4820-03-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10279 Amendment to the Bank Secrecy Act Regulations Relating to Orders for Transmittals of Funds by Financial Institutions; Correction
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Page 18250]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10279]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
31 CFR Part 103

RIN 1506-AA17

Amendment to the Bank Secrecy Act Regulations Relating to Orders 
for Transmittals of Funds by Financial Institutions; Correction

AGENCY: Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, Treasury.

ACTION: Correction to final regulations.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This document contains corrections to the final rule amending 
the Bank Secrecy Act regulations relating to orders for transmittals of 
funds by financial institutions, which was published Monday, April 1, 
1996 (61 FR 14386).

EFFECTIVE DATE: May 28, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Charles D. Klingman, Office of 
Financial Institutions Policy, at (703) 905-3920, or Joseph M. Myers, 
Office of Legal Counsel, (703) 905-3590.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Background

    The final regulations that are the subject of these corrections 
amend the Bank Secrecy Act regulations relating to orders for 
transmittals of funds by financial institutions.

Need for Correction

    As published, the final regulations contain errors which may prove 
to be misleading and are in need of clarification.

Correction of Publication

    Accordingly, the publication on April 1, 1996 of the final 
regulations, which were the subject of FR Doc. 96-7682, is corrected as 
follows:

Sec. 103.33  [Corrected]

    1. On page 14388, in the third column, in Sec. 103.33, paragraph 
(g)(3) introductory text, line 7, the language ``transfer system by a 
financial institution'' is corrected to read ``transfer system or 
otherwise by a financial institution''.
    2. On page 14388, in the third column, in Sec. 103.33, paragraph 
(g)(3) introductory text, line 9, the language ``the Federal Reserve 
Bank completes its'' is corrected to read ``the Federal Reserve Bank or 
otherwise, completes its''.

    Dated: April 22, 1996.
Anna Fotias,
Alternate Federal Register Liaison Officer, Financial Crimes 
Enforcement Network.
[FR Doc. 96-10279 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4820-03-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10260 Karnal Bunt
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18233-18235]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10260]

========================================================================
Rules and Regulations
                                                Federal Register
________________________________________________________________________

This section of the FEDERAL REGISTER contains regulatory documents 
having general applicability and legal effect, most of which are keyed 
to and codified in the Code of Federal Regulations, which is published 
under 50 titles pursuant to 44 U.S.C. 1510.

The Code of Federal Regulations is sold by the Superintendent of Documents. 
Prices of new books are listed in the first FEDERAL REGISTER issue of each 
week.

========================================================================

Federal Register / Vol. 61, No. 81 / Thursday, April 25, 1996 / Rules 
and Regulations

[[Page 18233]]

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE

Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service

7 CFR Part 301

[Docket No. 96-016-5]

Karnal Bunt

AGENCY: Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, USDA.

ACTION: Interim rule and request for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: We are amending the Karnal bunt regulations by adding Imperial 
County, CA, and a portion of Riverside County, CA, to the list of areas 
quarantined because of infestations of Karnal bunt. We are also adding 
Tilletia indica (Mitra) Mundkur, the organism that causes Karnal bunt, 
to the list of restricted articles. This action is necessary on an 
emergency basis to prevent the artificial spread of Karnal bunt, a 
serious fungal disease of wheat, durum wheat, and triticale, into 
noninfected areas of the United States.

DATES: Interim rule effective April 19, 1996. Consideration will be 
given only to comments received on or before June 24, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Please send an original and three copies of your comments to 
Docket No. 96-016-5, Regulatory Analysis and Development, PPD, APHIS, 
suite 3C03, 4700 River Road Unit 118, Riverdale MD 20737-1238. Please 
state that your comments refer to Docket No. 96-016-5. Comments 
received may be inspected at USDA, room 1141, South Building, 14th 
Street and Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC, between 8 a.m. and 
4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, except holidays. Persons wishing to 
inspect comments are requested to call ahead on (202) 690-2817 to 
facilitate entry into the comment reading room.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:   Mr. Stephen Poe, Operations Officer, 
Domestic and Emergency Operations, PPQ, APHIS, 4700 River Road, Unit 
134, Riverdale, MD 20732, (301) 734-8247.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Background

    Karnal bunt is a serious fungal disease of wheat (Triticum 
aestivum), durum wheat (Triticum durum), and triticale (Triticum 
aestivum X Seale cereals), a hybrid of wheat and rye. The disease is 
caused by the smut fungus Tilletia indica (Mitra) Mundkur and is spread 
by spores. Karnal bunt is a serious disease that affects both yield and 
grain quality. It adversely affects the color, odor, and palatability 
of flour and other foodstuffs made from affected grain. Grain 
containing any amount of bunted kernels is reduced in quality. Karnal 
bunt does not present a risk to human health.
    On March 20, 1996, the Secretary of Agriculture signed a 
``Declaration of Extraordinary Emergency'' authorizing the Secretary to 
take emergency action under 7 U.S.C. 150dd with regard to Karnal bunt 
within the States of Arizona, New Mexico, and Texas. The ``Declaration 
of Extraordinary Emergency'' was published in the Federal Register on 
March 25, 1996 (61 FR 12058, Docket No. 96-016-1). On March 26, 1996, 
the Secretary of Agriculture signed a ``Declaration of Emergency'' 
authorizing the transfer and use of funds within the Department for a 
program to control Karnal bunt wherever it may be found in the United 
States. The ``Declaration of Emergency'' was published in the Federal 
Register on March 29, 1996 (61 FR 14046, Docket No. 96-016-2).
    In an interim rule effective March 25, 1996, and published in the 
Federal Register March 28, 1996 (61 FR 13649-13655, Docket No. 93-016-
3), we established the Karnal bunt regulations (7 CFR 301.89-1 through 
301.89-11) and quarantined the State of Arizona and a total of six 
counties in the States of New Mexico and Texas. The regulations impose 
restrictions on the interstate movement of regulated articles from 
quarantined areas in order to prevent the artificial spread of Karnal 
bunt to noninfested areas of the United States.

Additions to Quarantined Areas

    Recently, Karnal bunt was detected in lots of seed that were either 
planted or stored in California. On April 12, 1996, the Secretary of 
Agriculture signed a ``Declaration of Extraordinary Emergency'' 
authorizing the Secretary to take emergency action under 7 U.S.C. 150dd 
with regard to Karnal bunt within California.
    The regulations in Sec. 301.89-3 provide that the Administrator of 
APHIS will quarantine each State, or portion of a State, that is 
infected with Karnal bunt or that the Administrator considers necessary 
to regulate due to its proximity to an infestation or its 
inseparability from an infected locality for quarantine purposes.
    In accordance with these criteria and the recent detection of 
Karnal bunt in California, we are amending Sec. 301.89-3(e) by adding 
all of Imperial County and a portion of Riverside County, CA, to the 
list of quarantined areas.
    The quarantined area in Riverside County, CA, is that portion of 
the county in the Blythe and Ripley areas bounded by a line drawn as 
follows: Beginning at the intersection of State Highway 62 and the 
Riverside-San Bernardino County line, then east along the Riverside-San 
Bernardino County line to its intersection with the California-Arizona 
State line; then south along the California-Arizona State line to its 
intersection with the Riverside-Imperial County line; then west along 
the Riverside-Imperial County line to its intersection with Graham Pass 
Road; then northeast along Graham Pass Road to its intersection with 
Chuckwalla Valley Road; then west and northwest along Chuckwalla Valley 
Road to its intersection with Interstate Highway 10; then west along 
Interstate Highway 10 to its intersection with State Highway 177; then 
northeast and north along State Highway 177 to its intersection with 
State Highway 62; then northeast along State Highway 62 to the point of 
beginning.

Addition of Regulated Article

    Section 301.89-2 of the regulations lists articles whose movement 
from quarantined areas is restricted due to the risk of spreading 
Karnal bunt. In this interim rule, we are adding to the list of 
regulated articles ``Tilletia indica (Mitra) Mundkur,'' the organism 
that causes Karnal bunt.

[[Page 18234]]

Emergency Action

    The Administrator of the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service 
has determined that an emergency exists that warrants publication of 
this interim rule without prior opportunity for public comment. 
Immediate action is necessary to prevent the artificial spread of 
Karnal bunt to noninfected areas of the United States.
    Because prior notice and other public procedures with respect to 
this action are impracticable and contrary to the public interest under 
these conditions, we find good cause under 5 U.S.C. 553 to make it 
effective upon signature. We will consider comments that are received 
within 60 days of publication of this rule in the Federal Register. 
After the comment period closes, we will publish another document in 
the Federal Register. It will include a discussion of any comments we 
receive and any amendments we are making to the rule as a result of the 
comments.

Executive Order 12866 and Regulatory Flexibility Act

    This rule has been reviewed under Executive Order 12866. For this 
action, the Office of Management and Budget has waived its review 
process required by Executive Order 12866.
    This action quarantines one entire county and a portion of another 
county in California because of Karnal bunt and restricts the 
interstate movement of regulated articles from those quarantined areas. 
This action also adds Tilletia indica (Mitra) Mundkur to the list of 
regulated articles. This emergency situation makes compliance with 
section 603 and timely compliance with section 604 of the Regulatory 
Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 603 and 604) impracticable. This rule may 
have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small 
entities. If we determine this is so, then we will discuss the issues 
raised by section 604 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act in our Final 
Regulatory Flexibility Act Analysis.

Executive Order 12372

    This program/activity is listed in the Catalog of Federal Domestic 
Assistance under No. 10.025 and is subject to Executive Order 12372, 
which required intergovernmental consultation with State and local 
officials. (See 7 CFR part 3015, subpart V.)

Executive Order 12778

    This rule has been reviewed under Executive Order 12778, Civil 
Justice Reform. This rule: (1) Preempts all State and local laws and 
regulations that are inconsistent with this rule; (2) has no 
retroactive effect; and (3) only requires administrative proceedings 
before parties may file suit in court challenging this rule upon the 
cancellation of a certificate, limited permit, or compliance agreement.

National Environmental Policy Act

    An environmental assessment and finding of no significant impact 
have been prepared for this rule. The assessment provides a basis for 
the conclusion that the treatment of regulated articles, under the 
conditions specified in this rule, will not have a significant impact 
on the quality of the human environment. Based on the finding of no 
significant impact, the Administrator of the Animal and Plant Health 
Inspection Service has determined that an environmental impact 
statement need not be prepared.
    The environmental assessment and finding of no significant impact 
were prepared in accordance with: (1) The National Environmental Policy 
Act of 1969 (NEPA) (42 U.S.C 4321 et seq.), (2) Regulations on the 
Council on Environmental Quality for implementing the procedural 
provisions of NEPA (40 CFR parts 1500-1508), (3) USDA regulations 
implementing NEPA (7 CFR part 1b), and (4) APHIS' NEPA Implementing 
Procedures (7 CFR part 372).
    Copies of the environmental assessment and finding of no 
significant impact are available for public inspection at USDA, room 
1141, South Building, 14th Street and Independence Avenue SW., 
Washington, DC, between 8 a.m. and 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, 
except holidays. Persons wishing to inspect copies are requested to 
call ahead on (202) 690-2817 to facilitate entry into the reading room. 
In addition, copies may be obtained by writing to the individual listed 
under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT.

Paperwork Reduction Act

    In accordance with section 3507(j) of the Paperwork Reduction Act 
of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.), the information collection and 
recordkeeping requirements included in this interim rule have been 
submitted for emergency approval to the Office of Management and Budget 
(OMB). OMB has assigned control number 0579-0121 to the information 
collection and recordkeeping requirements. Notwithstanding any other 
provision of the law, no person is required to respond to, nor shall 
any person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with a 
collection of information, subject to the requirements of the Paperwork 
Reduction Act, unless that collection of information displays a 
currently valid OMB Control Number. Please send written comments to the 
Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, Attention: Desk 
Officer for APHIS, Washington, DC 20503. Please state that your 
comments refer to Docket No. 96-016-5. Please send a copy of your 
comments to: (1) Docket No. 96-016-5, Regulatory Analysis and 
Development, PPD, APHIS, suite 3C03, 4700 River Road Unit 118, 
Riverdale, MD 20737-1238, and (2) Clearance Officer, OIRM, USDA, room 
404-W, 14th Street and Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20250.
    The paperwork associated with the Karnal bunt program will include 
the completion of compliance agreements, certificates, and limited 
permits. There will also be requests for inspections. We are soliciting 
comments from the public (as well as affected agencies) concerning our 
proposed information collection and recordkeeping requirements. We need 
this outside input to help us accomplish the following:
    (1) Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is 
necessary for the proper performance of our agency's functions, 
including whether the information will have practical utility;
    (2) Evaluate the accuracy of our estimate of the burden of the 
proposed collection of information, including the validity of the 
methodology and assumptions used;
    (3) Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to 
be collected; and
    (4) Minimize the burden of the information collection on those who 
are to respond (such as through the use of appropriate automated, 
electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or 
other forms of information technology, e.g., permitting electronic 
submission responses).
    Estimate of burden: Public reporting burden for this collection of 
information is estimated to average 20 minutes per response.
    Respondents: State plant regulatory officials, shippers, growers, 
and representatives of the plant industry.
    Estimated number of respondents: 1,915.
    Estimated number of responses per respondent: 3.824.
    Estimated total annual burden on respondents: 2,410 hours.
    Copies of this information collection can be obtained from: 
Clearance Officer, OIRM, USDA, room 404-W, 14th Street and Independence 
Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20250.

[[Page 18235]]

List of Subjects in 7 CFR Part 301

    Agricultural commodities, Plant diseases and pests, Quarantine, 
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Transportation.

PART 301--DOMESTIC QUARANTINE NOTICES

    Accordingly, 7 CFR part 301 is amended as follows:
    1. The authority citation for part 301 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 7 U.S.C. 150bb, 150dd, 150ee, 150ff, 161, 162, and 
164-167; 7 CFR 2.22, 2.80, and 371.2(c).

    2. In Sec. 301.89-2, paragraphs (e) through (n) are redesignated as 
paragraphs (f) through (o), respectively, and a new paragraph (e) is 
added, as follows:

Sec. 301.89-2  Regulated articles.

* * * * *
    (e) Tilletia indica (Mitra) Mundkur;
* * * * *
    3. In Sec. 301.89-3, paragraph (e), the designation of quarantined 
areas is amended by adding, in alphabetical order, entries for Imperial 
County and Riverside County in California, as follows:

Sec. 301.89-3  Quarantined areas.

* * * * *
    (e) * * *
* * * * *

California

    Imperial County. The entire county.
    Riverside County. That portion of Riverside County in the Blythe 
and Ripley areas bounded by a line drawn as follows: Beginning at 
the intersection of State Highway 62 and the Riverside-San 
Bernardino County line, then east along the Riverside-San Bernardino 
County line to its intersection with the California-Arizona State 
line; then south along the California-Arizona State line to its 
intersection with the Riverside-Imperial County line; then west 
along the Riverside-Imperial County line to its intersection with 
Graham Pass Road; then northeast along Graham Pass Road to its 
intersection with Chuckwalla Valley Road; then west and northwest 
along Chuckwalla Valley Road to its intersection with Interstate 
Highway 10; then west along Interstate Highway 10 to its 
intersection with State Highway 177; then northeast and north along 
State Highway 177 to its intersection with State Highway 62; then 
northeast along State Highway 62 to the point of beginning.

    Done in Washington, DC, this 19th day of April, 1996.
Terry L. Medley,
Acting Administrator, Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service.
[FR Doc. 96-10260 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3410-34-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10255 Removal of Appendix to 33 CFR Subpart 1.07, List of Penalty Provisions Coast Guard Is Authorized To Enforce
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18250-18251]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10255]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

Coast Guard

33 CFR Part 1

[CGD 96-010]
RIN 2115-AF30

Removal of Appendix to 33 CFR Subpart 1.07, List of Penalty 
Provisions Coast Guard Is Authorized To Enforce

AGENCY: Coast Guard, DOT.

[[Page 18251]]

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: As part of the President's Regulatory Reinvention Initiative, 
the Coast Guard is removing obsolete regulations. The Appendix to 33 
CFR Subpart 1.07 is outdated. To avoid misleading the public with 
outdated materials, the Coast Guard is removing the Appendix.

EFFECTIVE DATE: April 25, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Unless otherwise indicated, documents referred to in this 
preamble are available for inspection or copying at the office of the 
Executive Secretary, Marine Safety Council (G-LRA/3406), U.S. Coast 
Guard Headquarters, 2100 Second Street SW., room 3406, Washington D.C. 
20593-0001 between 8 a.m. and 3 p.m., Monday through Friday, except 
Federal holidays. The telephone number is (202) 267-1477.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
LT Michele Bouziane, Staff Attorney, Maritime and International Law 
Division, Office of Chief Counsel, U.S. Coast Guard Headquarters, (202) 
267-0014.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

Background and Purpose

    The Appendix to 33 CFR Subpart 1.07 lists penalty provisions of 
statutes the Coast Guard is authorized to enforce. This includes 
penalty provisions of laws that the Coast Guard enforces and 
administers under this part. It also includes penalty provisions of 
laws that another agency administers, but the Coast Guard enforces when 
violations occur on the high seas and waters over which the United 
States has jurisdiction. The Appendix also lists the penalty procedure 
(civil or criminal) used by the Coast Guard to address violations of 
each statute.
    The Appendix was last updated in 1982. The Appendix, in its 
outdated condition, is of little use and could be misleading. The Coast 
Guard does not plan to update the index because the information it 
contains is available elsewhere in statutes and regulations. To avoid 
misleading the public with outdated materials, the Coast Guard is 
removing the Appendix.

Regulatory Information

    This rule is being published as a final rule without a prior notice 
of proposed rulemaking. This rulemaking merely removes the Appendix to 
33 CFR Subpart 1.07 and will not impose any substantive requirements on 
the public. Therefore, the Coast Guard for good cause finds, under 5 
U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and (d)(3), that notice and public comment 
procedure are unnecessary, and that this rule may be made effective 
upon publication.

Regulatory Evaluation

    This rule is not a significant regulatory action under section 3(f) 
of Executive Order 12866 and does not require an assessment of 
potential costs and benefits under section 6(a)(3) of that order. It 
has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget under that 
order. It is not significant under the regulatory policies and 
procedures of the Department of Transportation (DOT) (44 FR 11040; 
February 26, 1979). The Coast Guard expects the economic impact of this 
rule to be so minimal that a full Regulatory Evaluation under paragraph 
10e of the regulatory policies and procedures of DOT is unnecessary.

Small Entities

    Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), the 
Coast Guard must consider whether this rule will have a significant 
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. ``Small 
entities'' may include (1) small businesses and not-for-profit 
organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not 
dominant in their fields and (2) governmental jurisdictions with 
populations of less than 50,000. The Coast Guard has evaluated this 
rule under the Regulatory Flexibility Act. This rule involves removing 
the Appendix to 33 CFR Subpart 1.07 and will not have a substantive 
impact on the public. Therefore, the Coast Guard certifies under 5 
U.S.C. 605(b) that this rule will not have a significant economic 
impact on a substantial number of small entities.

Collection of Information

    This proposal contains no collection-of-information requirements 
under the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.).

Federalism

    The Coast Guard has analyzed this rule under the principles and 
criteria contained in Executive Order 12612 and has determined that 
this rule does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant 
the preparation of a Federalism Assessment.

Environment

    The Coast Guard considered the environmental impact of this rule 
and concluded that, under paragraph 2.B.2 of Commandant Instruction 
M16475.1B (as revised by 59 FR 38654, July 29, 1994), this rule is 
categorically excluded from further environmental documentation. A 
``Categorical Exclusion Determination'' is available in the docket for 
inspection or copying where indicated under ADDRESSES.

List of Subjects

33 CFR Part 1

    Administrative practice and procedure, Authority delegations 
(Government agencies), Freedom of information, Penalties.

Subpart 1.07  Appendix [Removed]

    Under the authority of 14 U.S.C. 633, the Appendix to 33 CFR 
Subpart 1.07 is removed.

    Dated: April 19, 1996.
Paul M. Blayney,
Rear Admiral, U.S. Coast Guard, Chief Counsel.
[FR Doc. 96-10255 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-14-M

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10238 Accounting and Reporting Requirements
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18235-18236]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10238]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

FARM CREDIT ADMINISTRATION

12 CFR Part 621

RIN 3052-AB54

Accounting and Reporting Requirements

AGENCY: Farm Credit Administration.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Farm Credit Administration (FCA or Agency), by the Farm 
Credit Administration Board (Board), adopts as final without change an 
interim rule amending its regulations on high-risk assets. The interim 
rule was adopted on November 17, 1994 (59 FR 60886, Nov. 29, 1994). The 
interim rule reflected recent changes in generally accepted accounting 
principles (GAAP) that supported retention of existing regulatory 
guidance for Farm Credit System (System) institutions. Although the 
need for immediate regulatory action did not permit a public comment 
period before the interim rule took effect, the FCA requested post-
promulgation public comment on the interim rule. This final rule 
addresses the comments received.

EFFECTIVE DATE: December 15, 1994.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Linda C. Sherman, Policy Analyst, Regulation Development, Office of 
Examination, Farm Credit Administration, McLean, VA 22102-5090, (703) 
883-4498, TDD (703) 883-4444,

      or

William L. Larsen, Senior Attorney, Regulatory Operations Division, 
Office of General Counsel, Farm Credit Administration, McLean, VA 
22102-5090, (703) 883-4020, TDD (703) 883-4444.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

I. Background

    Substantial amendments to the FCA's regulations on Accounting and 
Reporting Requirements at 12 CFR part 621 became effective on December 
31, 1993. See 58 FR 48780, September 20, 1993. These regulations 
include requirements and standards for institutions to use in 
accounting for high-risk assets and disclosing loan performance 
characteristics. The amendments promoted consistency with industry 
practices in accounting and reporting and ensured that FCA regulatory 
requirements and standards remained consistent with GAAP.
    Subpart C of part 621 provides System institutions and FCA 
examiners with clear guidance on how to categorize, account for, 
report, and disclose the performance of high-risk assets. In 
particular, the regulations provide specific criteria for placing loans 
in nonaccrual status, for using cash basis versus cost recovery 
accounting practices, for upgrading loans from nonaccrual to accrual 
status, and for aggregating nonaccrual loans. The amended regulations 
promote consistent financial reporting among System institutions and 
Systemwide financial statements that are comparable to those of other 
federally regulated financial institutions.
    Subpart C was subject to a ``sunset'' provision when originally 
adopted, because the FCA expected that aspects of subpart C guidance 
might conflict with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting 
Standards (SFAS) No. 114 when they were later implemented by System 
institutions.1 However, in October 1994, the Financial Accounting 
Standards Board (FASB) amended SFAS No. 114 by adopting SFAS No. 
118.2 SFAS No. 118 removed those elements of SFAS No. 114 that 
would have conflicted with subpart C. As a result, the FCA decided to 
retain subpart C. To ensure the elimination of the sunset provision 
before it automatically rescinded subpart C at year-end 1994, the FCA 
issued an interim rule with a request for public comment (59 FR 60886, 
Nov. 29, 1994).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 114, 
``Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,'' an amendment 
of SFAS Statement Nos. 5 and 15, dated May 1993, was subject to 
mandatory implementation by institutions for fiscal years beginning 
after December 15, 1994.
    \2\ Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 118, 
``Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan--Income 
Recognition and Disclosures,'' an amendment of FASB Statement No. 
114, dated October 1994.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

II. Analysis of Public Comments

    The FCA received one comment letter on the interim rule. The letter 
was submitted by the Farm Credit Council (FCC) on behalf of its 
membership, together with the Farm Credit System's Accounting Standards 
Work Group under the direction of the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding 
Corporation.
    The FCC recognizes the FCA's efforts to promote accounting and 
financial reporting requirements consistent with the current practices 
of commercial banks. However, reiterating arguments from their July 14, 
1993 comment letter on the proposed rule, the FCC continues to express 
concern about adopting specific accounting and financial reporting 
rules rather than general guidelines. The FCC believes the regulations 
should be broad enough to allow for evolutionary changes in GAAP and 
notes that other regulators do not

[[Page 18236]]

include such specific rules in their regulations. They urge the FCA to 
rescind the interim rule. Rescission would restore the sunset provision 
and retroactively eliminate Secs. 621.6, 621.7, 621.8, 621.9 and 621.10 
(subpart C).
    The FCC bases its concern on the length of time necessary to amend 
FCA regulations. The FCC warns that the presence of specific 
requirements in the regulations could cause the System's financial 
reporting process to conflict with GAAP because the FCA would not be 
able to change its regulations quickly enough to remain current with 
GAAP guidelines for the accounting and financial reporting of high-risk 
assets. The FCC also points out that if the Agency were to lack a 
quorum of its Board, as has occurred in the past, it would be 
impossible to amend the regulations to be consistent with changes as 
may be required by GAAP.
    The FCA observes in response that the application of GAAP to 
specific areas of accounting and financial reporting is not always well 
defined. This has been especially true of high-risk asset accounting. 
GAAP has not consistently provided specific authoritative guidance in 
the area of problem loan accounting and reporting until recently. While 
other financial institution regulators have addressed this issue by 
instituting specific guidance in their call report instructions, the 
FCA is addressing them in the accounting regulations. There is little 
substantive difference between these two approaches. Both the Office of 
the Comptroller of the Currency's (OCC) Call Report instructions and 
the FCA's regulations are published in the Federal Register, and both 
give the public an opportunity to provide comments prior to 
implementation of the revised policy direction.
    The FCA continues to believe that, in areas such as high-risk 
accounting, the promulgation of regulations covering subjects not fully 
addressed by GAAP can be an effective method of promoting consistent 
accounting and reporting by System institutions. Since its adoption, 
the final regulation has improved the internal consistency of System 
financial disclosures regarding high-risk assets and made System 
accounting and reporting for such assets more comparable to the 
practices of the rest of the financial services industry. If GAAP 
provides future guidance and direction that conflicts with FCA 
regulations, the FCA agrees that it is important to respond to the 
changes. The FCA believes that it can address any inconsistencies that 
may develop between its regulations and GAAP in a timely fashion.
    In support of its contention that the detailed nature of FCA 
regulations might make it difficult for the FCA to keep up with 
evolving trends in regulatory accounting guidance, the FCC notes two 
apparent inconsistencies between FCA regulations and the approach taken 
by other federal bank and thrift regulators. While not commenting 
substantively on the provisions, the FCC suggests that more flexible 
accounting and financial reporting guidelines would facilitate keeping 
System financial reporting consistent with other financial 
institutions. As noted, the FCA agrees with the broad goal of 
accounting and reporting consistency between the System and other 
financial institutions. However, in certain circumstances, the unique 
needs of the System may require FCA guidance that may differ from the 
approach of other regulators without affecting broad comparability of 
System financial reporting. This is the case with respect to the two 
examples of accounting and reporting guidance noted by the FCC.
    First, the FCC notes that Sec. 621.9(a) requires all contractual 
principal and interest due on the loan to be paid and the loan to be 
current before returning a nonaccrual loan to accrual status. The FCC 
compares this to guidance by other financial institution regulators 
that would permit institutions to return past due loans to accrual 
status if they are ``reasonably assured of repayment within a 
reasonable time period.'' 3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \3\ Joint Statement of the OCC, Federal Deposit Insurance 
Corporation, Federal Reserve Board, and Office of Thrift Supervision 
titled ``Revised Interagency Guidance on Returning Nonaccrual Loans 
to Accrual Status'' issued June 10, 1993.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The FCA believes that any nonaccrual loan must demonstrate 
performance in order to be reinstated to accrual status. An essential 
demonstration of performance is that the loan be brought current. Under 
the final regulation, this must occur before an institution can resume 
interest accrual on that asset. However, the regulation also states 
that ``[o]nce the ultimate collectibility of the recorded investment is 
no longer in doubt, payments received in cash on such loan may qualify 
for recognition as interest income,'' (i.e., cash basis accounting) if 
certain characteristics are met at the time the payment is received. 
Therefore, application of FCA's regulation results in an accounting 
treatment of income recognition on such assets similar to that allowed 
by the other financial institution regulators.
    In a second example, the FCC states that the OCC allows for cash 
basis interest income recognition on nonaccrual loans with partial 
charge-offs before complete recovery of the charge-off. The FCC notes 
that this differs from the requirement in Sec. 621.8 that interest 
income cannot be recognized on a nonaccrual loan with an unrecovered 
partial charge-off. The FCA believes that applying loan payments to 
recover partial charge-offs prior to recording interest income is a 
prudent and appropriate approach to eliminating doubt as to the loan's 
ultimate collectibility and is not inconsistent with GAAP. In addition, 
this requirement is mitigated by an exception in cases where the prior 
charge-off was taken as part of a formal restructuring of the loan. The 
FCA believes this approach is justified for this type of asset in light 
of the unique structure of the System and its concentration of credit 
in limited agricultural markets. Moreover, any differences in income 
recognition between the FCA and the OCC requirements are likely to be 
temporary if the loan continues to perform.
    For the reasons stated in the interim rule release, supplemented by 
the above analysis and discussion, the FCA Board adopts the interim 
rule amending 12 CFR part 621, which was published at 59 FR 60886 on 
November 29, 1994, as final without change. The effective date of this 
rule remains December 15, 1994. The FCA will continue to follow closely 
any further developments under GAAP in the area of problem loan 
accounting and reporting and will adjust its requirements as necessary.

    Dated: April 19, 1996.
Floyd F. Fithian,
Secretary, Farm Credit Administration Board.
[FR Doc. 96-10238 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6705-01-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10237 List of Communities Eligible for the Sale of Flood Insurance
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18287-18289]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10237]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY

44 CFR Part 64

[Docket No. FEMA-7639]

List of Communities Eligible for the Sale of Flood Insurance

AGENCY: Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA).

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This rule identifies communities participating in the National 
Flood Insurance Program (NFIP). These communities have applied to the 
program and have agreed to enact certain floodplain management 
measures. The communities' participation in the program authorizes the 
sale of flood insurance to owners of property located in the 
communities listed.

EFFECTIVE DATES: The dates listed in the third column of the table.

ADDRESSES: Flood insurance policies for property located in the 
communities listed can be obtained from any licensed property insurance 
agent or broker serving the eligible community, or from the NFIP at: 
Post Office Box 6464, Rockville, MD 20849, (800) 638-6620.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Robert F. Shea, Jr., Division 
Director, Program Implementation Division, Mitigation Directorate, 500 
C Street SW., room 417, Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-3619.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The NFIP enables property owners to purchase 
flood insurance which is generally not otherwise available. In return, 
communities agree to adopt and administer local floodplain management 
measures aimed at protecting lives and new construction from future 
flooding. Since the communities on the attached list have recently 
entered the NFIP, subsidized flood insurance is now available for 
property in the community.
    In addition, the Director of the Federal Emergency Management 
Agency has identified the special flood hazard areas in some of these 
communities by publishing a Flood Hazard Boundary Map (FHBM) or Flood 
Insurance Rate Map (FIRM). The date of the flood map, if one has been 
published, is indicated

[[Page 18288]]

in the fourth column of the table. In the communities listed where a 
flood map has been published, Section 102 of the Flood Disaster 
Protection Act of 1973, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 4012(a), requires the 
purchase of flood insurance as a condition of Federal or federally 
related financial assistance for acquisition or construction of 
buildings in the special flood hazard areas shown on the map.
    The Director finds that the delayed effective dates would be 
contrary to the public interest. The Director also finds that notice 
and public procedure under 5 U.S.C. 553(b) are impracticable and 
unnecessary.

National Environmental Policy Act

    This rule is categorically excluded from the requirements of 44 CFR 
Part 10, Environmental Considerations. No environmental impact 
assessment has been prepared.

Regulatory Flexibility Act

    The Acting Associate Director certifies that this rule will not 
have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small 
entities in accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U. S. C. 
601 et seq., because the rule creates no additional burden, but lists 
those communities eligible for the sale of flood insurance.

Regulatory Classification

    This final rule is not a significant regulatory action under the 
criteria of section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 of September 30, 
1993, Regulatory Planning and Review, 58 FR 51735.

Paperwork Reduction Act

    This rule does not involve any collection of information for 
purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.

Executive Order 12612, Federalism

    This rule involves no policies that have federalism implications 
under Executive Order 12612, Federalism, October 26, 1987, 3 CFR, 1987 
Comp., p. 252.

Executive Order 12778, Civil Justice Reform

    This rule meets the applicable standards of section 2(b)(2) of 
Executive Order 12778, October 25, 1991, 56 FR 55195, 3 CFR, 1991 
Comp., p. 309.

List of Subjects in 44 CFR Part 64

    Flood insurance, Floodplains.

    Accordingly, 44 CFR part 64 is amended as follows:

PART 64--[AMENDED]

    1. The authority citation for Part 64 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 4001 et seq., Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 
1978, 3 CFR, 1978 Comp., p. 329; E.O. 12127, 44 FR 19367, 3 CFR, 
1979 Comp., p. 376.

Sec. 64.6  [Amended]

    2. The tables published under the authority of Sec. 64.6 are 
amended as follows:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Community        Effective date of                                    
             State/location                  No.              eligibility           Current effective map date  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        New Eligibles--Emergency Program                                        
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michigan: Green, charter township of,         260951                              Mar. 11, 1996                 
 Mecosta County.                                                                                                
New York: Victor, village of, Ontario         361648                              Mar. 12, 1996                 
 County.                                                                                                        
Nebraska:                                                                                                       
    Nuckolls County, unincorporated           310461                              Mar. 20, 1996                 
     areas.                                                                                                     
    Thayer County, unincorporated areas       310479  ......do..................  ..............................
Texas: Angelina County, unincorporated        480007  Mar. 29, 1996.............  May 22, 1979.                 
 areas.                                                                                                         
Michigan: Reading, township of,               260410  Mar. 27, 1996.............  Oct. 28, 1977.                
 Hillsdale County.                                                                                              
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         New Eligibles--Regular Program                                         
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mississippi: Itawamba County,                 280290  Mar. 12, 1996.............  Sept. 4, 1991.                
 unincorporated areas.                                                                                          
Illinois: Crawford County,                    170939  Mar. 14, 1996.............  June 3, 1986.                 
 unincorporated areas.                                                                                          
Florida:                                                                                                        
    Ebro, town of, Washington County...       120629  Mar. 19, 1996.............  June 17, 1991.                
    Esto, town of, Holmes County.......       120630  ......do..................  Dec. 5, 1990.                 
    Noma, town of, Holmes County.......       120631  ......do..................      Do.                       
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Reinstatements                                                 
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pennsylvania: White Oak, borough of,          420089  Jan. 30, 1975, Emerg;       Oct. 4, 1995.                 
 Allegheny County.                                     Sept. 14, 1979, Reg; Oct.                                
                                                       4, 1995, Susp; Mar. 8,                                   
                                                       1996 Rein.                                               
New York:                                                                                                       
    Plainfield, town of, Otsego County.       361278  May 13, 1977, Emerg; Nov.   Nov. 4, 1983.                 
                                                       4, 1983 Reg; Nov. 4, 1992                                
                                                       Susp; Mar. 12, 1996 Rein.                                
    Taylor, town of, Cortland County...       361330  May 19, 1977, Emerg; May    May 15, 1985.                 
                                                       15, 1985 Reg; June 15,                                   
                                                       1988 Susp; Mar. 12, 1996                                 
                                                       Rein.                                                    
Pennsylvania: West Mifflin, borough of,       420085  Aug. 7, 1974, Emerg; Feb.   Oct. 4, 1995.                 
 Allegheny County.                                     15, 1980, Reg; Oct. 4,                                   
                                                       1995, Susp; Mar. 13,                                     
                                                       1996, Rein.                                              
Florida: Ponce de Leon, town of, Holmes       120117   Oct. 30, 1975, Emerg;      Dec. 5, 1990.                 
 County.                                               Dec. 5, 1990, Reg; Dec.                                  
                                                       5, 1990, Susp; Mar. 19,                                  
                                                       1996, Rein.                                              
Minnesota: St. Vincent, city of,              270232  Dec. 17, 1974, Emerg;       Sept. 2, 1982.                
 Kittson County.                                       Sept. 2, 1982, Reg; June                                 
                                                       2, 1994, Susp; Mar. 19,                                  
                                                       1996, Rein.                                              

[[Page 18289]]

                                                                                                                
West Virginia: Newburg, town of,              540268  June 9, 1975, Emerg; Aug.   Aug. 1, 1987.                 
 Preston County.                                       1, 1987, Reg; Aug. 1,                                    
                                                       1987, Susp; Mar. 19,                                     
                                                       1996, Rein.                                              
New York: Leicester, village of,              361456  Sept. 15, 1980, Emerg;      Aug. 27, 1982.                
 Livingston County.                                    Aug. 27, 1982, Reg; June                                 
                                                       15, 1988, Susp; Mar. 21,                                 
                                                       1996 Rein.                                               
West Virginia: Paw Paw, town of, Morgan       540252  Oct. 2, 1975, Emerg; Nov.   Mar. 5, 1996.                 
 County.                                               2, 1984, Reg; Mar. 5,                                    
                                                       1996, Susp; Mar. 22,                                     
                                                       1996, Rein.                                              
Nebraska: Elgin, city of, Antelope            310002  Apr. 18, 1975, Emerg; June  June 17, 1986.                
 County.                                               17, 1986, Reg; June 17,                                  
                                                       1986, Susp; Mar. 29,                                     
                                                       1996, Rein.                                              
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Regular Program Conversions                                           
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Region VI                                                                                        
                                                                                                                
Texas: Terrell, city of, Kaufman County       480416  Mar. 4, 1996, Suspension    Mar. 4, 1996.                 
                                                       Withdrawn.                                               
               Region II                                                                                        
                                                                                                                
New York: Clarence, town of, Erie             360232  Mar. 5, 1996,Suspension     Mar. 5, 1996.                 
 County.                                               Withdrawn.                                               
               Region III                                                                                       
                                                                                                                
Pennsylvania: North Charleroi, borough        422137  ......do..................      Do.                       
 of, Washington County.                                                                                         
West Virginia:                                                                                                  
    Bath, town of, Morgan County.......       540005  ......do..................      Do.                       
    Morgan County, unincorporated areas       540144  ......do..................      Do.                       
                Region V                                                                                        
                                                                                                                
Indiana: Tipton, city of, Tipton County       180255  ......do..................      Do.                       
Michigan:                                                                                                       
    Plymouth, city of, Wayne County....       260236  ......do..................  Jan. 5, 1996.                 
    Plymouth, charter township of,            260237  ......do..................      Do.                       
     Wayne County.                                                                                              
Minnesota:                                                                                                      
    Aitkin County, unincorporated areas       270628  ......do..................  Feb. 2, 1996.                 
    Hopkins, city of, Hennepin County..       270166  ......do..................  Dec. 19, 1995.                
Wisconsin:                                                                                                      
    Cadott, village of, Chippewa County       550043  ......do..................  Mar. 5, 1996.                 
    Dane County, unincorporated areas..       550077  ......do..................      Do.                       
    Madison, city of, Dane County......       550083  ......do..................      Do.                       
    Middleton, city of, Dane County....       550087  ......do..................      Do.                       
               Region VI                                                                                        
                                                                                                                
Louisiana: Duson, town of, Lafayette          220104  ......do..................  Feb. 2, 1996.                 
 County.                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Notice--New Eligible--Regular Program                                     
                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   The Township of Pembina, North Dakota is participating in the Regular Program under Pembina County's         
application effective March 12, 1996. Pembina County's Community Identification Number is 380079.               
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Code for reading third column: Emerg.--Emergency; Reg.--Regular; Rein.--Reinstatement; Susp.--Suspension; With.--
  Withdrawn.                                                                                                    

(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance No. 83.100, ``Flood 
Insurance.'')

    Issued: April 18, 1996.
Richard W. Krimm,
Acting Associate Director, Mitigation Directorate.
[FR Doc. 96-10237 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6718-05-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10210 Airworthiness Directives; Saab Model SAAB SF340A and SAAB 340B Series Airplanes
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18242-18245]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10210]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
14 CFR Part 39

[Docket No. 96-NM-74-AD; Amendment 39-9582; AD 96-01-04 R1]

Airworthiness Directives; Saab Model SAAB SF340A and SAAB 340B 
Series Airplanes

AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration, DOT.

ACTION: Final rule; request for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This amendment revises an existing airworthiness directive 
(AD), applicable to certain Saab Model SAAB SF340A and SAAB 340B series 
airplanes, that currently requires revising the Airplane Flight Manual 
(AFM) to require verification that the auto-ignition system is 
operational; to define icing conditions at higher ambient temperatures; 
and to provide the flight crew with limitations and procedures to aid 
in the avoidance of engine power interruptions. The actions specified 
by that AD are intended to prevent failure of the auto-ignition system 
to re-light the engine in the event of power interruptions due to the 
ingestion of ice and/or slush into the engine, which could result in 
engine flameout and subsequent shutdown, and to provide the flight crew 
with guidance to aid in avoidance of such occurrences. This amendment 
clarifies certain requirements of the AFM revision. This amendment is 
prompted by communications received from affected operators that 
certain of the current requirements of the AD are unclear.

DATES: Effective May 10, 1996.
    Comments for inclusion in the Rules Docket must be received on or 
before June 24, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Submit comments in triplicate to the Federal Aviation 
Administration (FAA), Transport Airplane Directorate, ANM-103, 
Attention: Rules Docket No. 96-NM-74-AD, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, 
Washington 98055-4056.
    This information may be examined at the FAA, Transport Airplane 
Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington; or at the 
Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 
700, Washington, DC.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ruth E. Harder, Aerospace Engineer, 
Standardization Branch, ANM-113, FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 
1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington 98055-4056; telephone (206) 
227-1721; fax (206) 227-1149.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On January 2, 1996, the FAA issued 
airworthiness directive (AD) 96-01-04, amendment 39-9480 (61 FR 511, 
January 8, 1996), which is applicable to certain Saab Model SAAB SF340A 
and SAAB 340B series airplanes. That AD requires revising the FAA-
approved Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) to:
    1. Require verification that the auto-ignition system is 
operational;
    2. Define icing conditions at higher ambient temperatures; and
    3. Povide the flight crew with limitations and procedures to aid in 
the avoidance of engine power interruptions.
    That AD action was prompted by a report of complete power loss of 
the left engine and power fluctuations on the right engine as a result 
of build up of ice and/or slush in the engine inlet and subsequent 
ingestion into the engines. The actions required by that AD are 
intended to prevent failure of the auto-ignition system to re-light the 
engine in the event of power interruptions due to the ingestion of ice 
and/or slush into the engine, which could result in engine flameout and 
subsequent shutdown, and to provide the flight crew with guidance to 
aid in avoidance of such occurrences.

[[Page 18243]]

    Since the issuance of that AD, the FAA has received communications 
from the Swedish airworthiness authority, Luftfartsverket (LFV), and 
various affected operators indicating that certain text of the AFM 
revision as cited in AD 96-01-04 is not clear.

Request to Clarify Frequency of Checks

    Affected operators specifically request that the frequency of the 
auto-ignition system checks, as specified in the AFM revision contained 
in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of AD 96-01-04, be clarified. As AD 96-
01-04 was worded, some operators may have misinterpreted its 
requirements to mean that the engine must be shut down following each 
flight and restarted before the next flight.
    The FAA finds that clarification is necessary to prevent such 
misinterpretation. The FAA did not intend that the AD require shutdown 
of the engine following each flight. The FAA acknowledges that some 
operators may elect not to shut down the engine following each flight. 
In such a case, this AD does not require that a check of the auto-
ignition system be performed. Therefore, the FAA has determined that 
the limitations specified in paragraph (a)(1) and (a)(2) of AD 96-01-04 
must be revised to clarify that the check of the auto-ignition system 
is required prior to each engine start and during each engine shutdown.

Request to Clarify Relationship of AD to MMEL

    The LFV noted that the AFM revision specified in paragraphs (a)(1) 
and (a)(2) of AD 96-01-04 may imply that dispatch may occur 
indefinitely with an inoperative auto-ignition system.
    The FAA finds that clarification of this point is necessary. The 
intent of AD 96-01-04 was that, if the auto-ignition system is found to 
be inoperative, dispatch should be accomplished in accordance with the 
Minimum Master Equipment List (MMEL). The FAA finds that the addition 
of that information to the AFM revision specified in paragraphs (a)(1) 
and (a)(2) of this AD will clarify the dispatch requirements.

Request to Clarify Definition of ``Icing Conditions''

    For systems other than engine anti-ice activation, affected 
operators request that a separate and relieving definition of ``Icing 
Conditions'' of Outside Air Temperature (OAT) or Static Air Temperature 
(SAT) be included in paragraph (a)(3) of the AD, with the OAT or SAT 
criteria to be specified as +5 degrees Centigrade (C).
    The FAA agrees that the definition of ``Icing Conditions'' needs to 
be clarified for systems other than engine anti-ice. The FAA finds that 
paragraph (a)(3) of the AD must be revised to expand the definition of 
``Icing Conditions'' by including a separate definition for all 
airplane operations other than engine anti-ice, which specifies the OAT 
or SAT criteria as +5 degrees C.

Conclusion

    Based on the issues raised by the affected operators and the LFV, 
the FAA finds that AD 96-01-04 must be revised as discussed previously. 
These revisions will ensure that the requirements of the AD are 
understood clearly. Clearer understanding will ensure that the intent 
of the AD is met and that the addressed unsafe condition is prevented.

Explanation of the Revised Rule

    This airplane model is manufactured in Sweden and is type 
certificated for operation in the United States under the provisions of 
section 21.29 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR 21.29) and 
the applicable bilateral airworthiness agreement.
    Since an unsafe condition has been identified that is likely to 
exist or develop on other airplanes of the same type design registered 
in the United States, this AD revises AD 96-01-04 to continue to 
require verification that the auto-ignition system is operational; to 
define icing conditions at higher

[[Page 18244]]

ambient temperatures for engine anti-ice systems; and to provide the 
flight crew with limitations and procedures to aid in the avoidance of 
engine power interruptions. For Model SAAB 340B series airplanes having 
an auto-ignition system that is found to be inoperative, this AD also 
continues to require a test of the Np overspeed system to ensure that 
it is operative, and repair, if necessary.
    In addition, this AD revises the AFM revision by:
    1. Clarifying the times at which the auto-ignition checks are to be 
performed;
    2. Specifying that the dispatch with the auto-ignition system 
inoperative shall be done in accordance with the current MMEL; and
    3. Providing a relieving definition of Icing Conditions for systems 
other than engine anti-ice.
    This is to be considered interim action until final action is 
identified, at which time the FAA may consider further rulemaking.

Effective Date of the Revised Rule

    Since a situation exists that requires the immediate adoption of 
this regulation, it is found that notice and opportunity for prior 
public comment hereon are impracticable, and that good cause exists for 
making this amendment effective in less than 30 days.

Comments Invited

    Although this action is in the form of a final rule that involves 
requirements affecting flight safety and, thus, was not preceded by 
notice and an opportunity for public comment, comments are invited on 
this rule. Interested persons are invited to comment on this rule by 
submitting such written data, views, or arguments as they may desire. 
Communications shall identify the Rules Docket number and be submitted 
in triplicate to the address specified under the caption ``ADDRESSES''. 
All communications received on or before the closing date for comments 
will be considered, and this rule may be amended in light of the 
comments received. Factual information that supports the commenter's 
ideas and suggestions is extremely helpful in evaluating the 
effectiveness of the AD action and determining whether additional 
rulemaking action would be needed.
    Comments are specifically invited on the overall regulatory, 
economic, environmental, and energy aspects of the rule that might 
suggest a need to modify the rule. All comments submitted will be 
available, both before and after the closing date for comments, in the 
Rules Docket for examination by interested persons. A report that 
summarizes each FAA-public contact concerned with the substance of this 
AD will be filed in the Rules Docket.
    Commenters wishing the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments 
submitted in response to this rule must submit a self-addressed, 
stamped postcard on which the following statement is made: ``Comments 
to Docket Number 96-NM-74-AD.'' The postcard will be date stamped and 
returned to the commenter.

Regulatory Impact

    The regulations adopted herein will not have substantial direct 
effects on the States, on the relationship between the national 
government and the States, or on the distribution of power and 
responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in 
accordance with Executive Order 12612, it is determined that this final 
rule does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant the 
preparation of a Federalism Assessment.
    The FAA has determined that this regulation is an emergency 
regulation that must be issued immediately to correct an unsafe 
condition in aircraft, and that it is not a ``significant regulatory 
action'' under Executive Order 12866. It has been determined further 
that this action involves an emergency regulation under DOT Regulatory 
Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979). If it is 
determined that this emergency regulation otherwise would be 
significant under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures, a final 
regulatory evaluation will be prepared and placed in the Rules Docket. 
A copy of it, if filed, may be obtained from the Rules Docket at the 
location provided under the caption ``ADDRESSES''.

List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39

    Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Safety.

Adoption of the Amendment

    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the 
Administrator, the Federal Aviation Administration amends part 39 of 
the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 39) as follows:

PART 39--AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES

    1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.

Sec. 39.13  [Amended]

    2. Section 39.13 is amended by removing amendment 39-9480 (61 FR 
511, January 8, 1996), and by adding a new airworthiness directive 
(AD), amendment 39-9582, to read as follows:

96-01-04  R1 SAAB Aircraft AB: Amendment 39-9582. Docket 96-NM-74-
AD. Revises AD 96-01-04, Amendment 39-9480.

    Applicability: Model SAAB SF340A series airplanes, serial 
numbers 004 through 159 inclusive; and Model SAAB 340B series 
airplanes, serial numbers 160 and subsequent; certificated in any 
category.

    Note 1: This AD applies to each airplane identified in the 
preceding applicability provision, regardless of whether it has been 
modified, altered, or repaired in the area subject to the 
requirements of this AD. For airplanes that have been modified, 
altered, or repaired so that the performance of the requirements of 
this AD is affected, the owner/operator must request approval for an 
alternative method of compliance in accordance with paragraph (c) of 
this AD. The request should include an assessment of the effect of 
the modification, alteration, or repair on the unsafe condition 
addressed by this AD; and, if the unsafe condition has not been 
eliminated, the request should include specific proposed actions to 
address it.

    Compliance: Required as indicated, unless accomplished 
previously.
    To prevent failure of the auto-ignition system to re-light the 
engine in the event of power interruptions due to the ingestion of 
ice and/or slush into the engine, which could result in engine 
flameout and subsequent shutdown; and to provide the flight crew 
with guidance to aid in avoidance of such occurrences; accomplish 
the following:
    (a) Within 10 days after the effective date of this AD, revise 
the FAA-approved Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) to include the text 
contained in paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), and (a)(4) of this 
AD, as applicable. This may be accomplished by inserting a copy of 
this AD into the AFM.
    (1) For Model SAAB SF340A series airplanes: Insert the following 
sub-section in the Limitations Section of the AFM:

``IGNITION SYSTEM

    Prior to each engine start, perform a check of the auto-ignition 
system.
     Select batteries ON (external power ON or OFF).
     Check that IGN switches are in NORM position.
     Advance PLs above FLT IDLE and verify the IGN lights in 
the Flight Status Panel (FSP) illuminate. In bright sunlight, shade 
FSP to ensure IGN lights are visible when illuminated.
     Retard PLs to GND IDLE. (IGN lights should go out.)
     If an IGN light fails to illuminate when PLs are above 
FLT IDLE, the auto-ignition system is considered to be inoperative.
    If the auto-ignition system is inoperative:
     BEFORE ENTERING ICING CONDITIONS, SET IGNITION TO CONT. 
Maintain ignition in CONT until touchdown, even if icing conditions 
cease to exist.

[[Page 18245]]

     The obligation to comply with the current version of 
the Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL), Revision 11, or later 
approved revisions is not affected by this limitation.''
    (2) For Model SAAB 340B series airplanes: Insert the following 
sub-section in the Limitations Section of the AFM:

``IGNITION SYSTEM

    During each engine shutdown, perform a check of the auto-
ignition system.
     Adjust Ng to approximately 75%-77%; minimum is 75%.
     Shut down the engines (CL to FUEL OFF).
     Verify the IGN lights in the Flight Status Panel (FSP) 
illuminate while Ng is above 62%. In bright sunlight, shade the FSP 
to ensure that lights are visible when illuminated.
     If an IGN light fails to illuminate, the auto-ignition 
system is considered to be inoperative.
     Retard PLs to GND IDLE.
    If the auto-ignition system is inoperative:
     BEFORE ENTERING ICING CONDITIONS, SET IGNITION TO CONT. 
Maintain ignition in CONT until touchdown, even if icing conditions 
cease to exist.''
     The obligation to comply with the current version of 
the Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL), Revision 11, or later 
approved revisions is not affected by this limitation.
    (3) For all airplanes: Insert the following in the Limitations 
Section of the AFM, under Icing Conditions:
    ``For engine anti-ice system activation, icing conditions exist 
when visible moisture in any form is present (such as clouds, fog 
with visibility of one mile or less, rain, snow, sleet, ice 
crystals) or standing water, slush, or snow (hard packed snow 
excluded) is present on the ramps, taxiways, or runways and the OAT 
or SAT is +10 degrees C and below during ground and flight 
operation.
    For all airplane operations other than engine anti-ice, icing 
conditions exist when visible moisture in any form is present (such 
as clouds, fog with visibility of one mile or less, rain, snow, 
sleet, ice crystals) or standing water, slush, or snow (hard packed 
snow excluded) is present on the ramps, taxiways or runways and the 
OAT or SAT is +5 degrees C and below during ground and flight 
operation. ``
    (4) For all airplanes: Insert the following in the Normal 
Procedures Section of the AFM, under Operation in Icing Conditions:

``CAUTION

    Engine power interruptions may occur at ISA to ISA +20 degrees 
Celsius temperature and in light (or undetected) icing conditions, 
or shortly after exiting these conditions. Engine function will 
normally be recovered by the auto-ignition system before any serious 
loss of power. To aid in avoidance of these occurrences:
     Engine anti-ice systems must be activated prior to 
entering icing conditions, and maintained ON for at least 5 minutes 
after exiting icing conditions.''
    (b) For Model SAAB 340B series airplanes: If an auto-ignition 
system is found to be inoperative, prior to further flight, perform 
an Np overspeed test to ensure that the Np overspeed system is 
operative, in accordance with the procedures specified in General 
Electric Maintenance Manual SEI-576. If the Np overspeed system is 
found to be inoperative, prior to further flight, repair in 
accordance with the procedures specified in General Electric 
Maintenance Manual SEI-576.
    (c) An alternative method of compliance or adjustment of the 
compliance time that provides an acceptable level of safety may be 
used if approved by the Manager, Standardization Branch, ANM-113, 
FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate. Operators shall submit their 
requests through an appropriate FAA Principal Maintenance Inspector, 
who may add comments and then send it to the Manager, 
Standardization Branch, ANM-113.

    Note 2: Information concerning the existence of approved 
alternative methods of compliance with this AD, if any, may be 
obtained from the Standardization Branch, ANM-113.

    (d) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with 
sections 21.197 and 21.199 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 
CFR 21.197 and 21.199) to operate the airplane to a location where 
the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.
    (e ) This amendment becomes effective on May 10, 1996.

    Issued in Renton, Washington, on April 19, 1996.
Darrell M. Pederson,
Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification 
Service.
[FR Doc. 96-10210 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-13-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10209 Airworthiness Directives; Boeing Model 757 Series Airplanes Equipped With Moog Spoiler Actuators
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18238-18242]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10209]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
14 CFR Part 39

[Docket No. 96-NM-75-AD; Amendment 39-9581; AD 96-09-07]

Airworthiness Directives; Boeing Model 757 Series Airplanes 
Equipped With Moog Spoiler Actuators

AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration, DOT.

ACTION: Final rule; request for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This amendment supersedes an existing airworthiness directive 
(AD) that is applicable to Boeing Model 757 series airplanes equipped 
with certain Abex spoiler actuator electro-hydraulic servo valves 
(EHSV) installed in certain spoiler actuators. The existing AD 
currently requires a one-time inspection of the spoiler actuator to 
determine if a suspect EHSV is incorrectly installed, and replacement 
of the EHSV, if necessary. That amendment was prompted by reports that 
a bias spring in the EHSV of certain spoiler actuators was found to be 
incorrectly installed. The actions specified by that AD are intended to 
prevent a significant control upset of the airplane as a result of 
problems associated with an incorrectly installed EHSV in the spoiler 
actuator assembly. This amendment adds additional suspect EHSV's that 
require inspection; it also corrects the actuator manufacturer's name 
and corrects the serial number of one EHSV.

DATES: Effective May 10, 1996.

    Comments for inclusion in the Rules Docket must be received on or 
before June 24, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Submit comments in triplicate to the Federal Aviation 
Administration (FAA), Transport Airplane Directorate, ANM-103, 
Attention: Rules Docket No. 96-NM-75-AD, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, 
Washington 98055-4056.
    Information concerning this AD action may be examined at the FAA, 
Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, 
Washington.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Don Eiford, Aerospace Engineer, 
Systems and Equipment Branch, ANM-130S, FAA, Seattle Aircraft 
Certification Office, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington; 
telephone (206) 227-2788; fax (206) 227-1181.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On March 5, 1996, the FAA issued AD 96-
06-01, amendment 39-9537 (61 FR 9607, March 11, 1996), which is 
applicable to Boeing Model 757 series airplanes equipped with 
certain electro hydraulic servo valves (EHSV) installed in certain 
spoiler actuators. That AD requires a one-time inspection of the 
EHSV on the spoiler actuator to determine if a suspect valve is 
incorrectly installed; if so, the EHSV must be replaced. That 
action was prompted by reports that a bias spring in the EHSV of 
certain spoiler actuators was found to be incorrectly installed.

    If the jet pipe in the first stage of the EHSV is plugged, or if 
the differential pressure between the extend and retract ports 
pressurized by the jet pipe is inadequate, an incorrectly installed 
bias spring on the second stage spool would cause the spoiler to be 
driven into the ``deploy'' position. Such inadvertent spoiler 
deployment would result in the airplane experiencing a rolling moment. 
If the airplane is already banked or is at a low altitude, or if the 
crew does not respond rapidly enough to control the uncommanded roll, a 
significant control upset of the airplane could result. The actions 
required by AD 96-06-01 are intended to prevent the occurrence of such 
a control upset.

New Data Since Issuance of AD 96-06-01

    Since the issuance of that AD, the manufacturer has provided the 
FAA with data indicating that additional suspect EHSV's may be 
installed on the affected airplanes. These suspect EHSV's have serial 
numbers of 595, 563, and 909. If any these EHSV's are installed on an 
airplane, there is the potential for the occurrence of the same unsafe 
condition that was addressed by AD 96-06-01.

Explanation of New AD

    Since an unsafe condition has been identified that is likely to 
exist or develop on other airplanes of this same type design, this AD 
supersedes AD 96-06-01 to require a one-time inspection of the spoiler 
actuator to determine if a suspect EHSV is incorrectly installed, and 
replacement of the EHSV, if necessary. This AD requires the inspection 
for and removal of three additional suspect EHSV's.
    Additionally, action is taken throughout this AD to specify the 
correct names of the manufacturers of the spoiler actuator and the 
EHSV. The subject spoiler actuators are manufactured by Moog; the 
subject EHSV's are manufactured by Abex.
    Table 1 of this AD has been corrected to indicate that the order 
numbers are ``Abex'' order numbers, rather than ``Boeing'' order 
numbers.
    Due to a typographical error, EHSV serial number ``559'' was 
incorrectly listed in Table 1 of AD 96-06-01 as serial number ``569.'' 
This AD corrects that error.

Cost Impact

    According to the records of the EHSV manufacturer, all of the 
affected EHSV's were shipped to be installed on Model 757 series 
airplanes that currently are operated by non-U.S. operators under 
foreign registry. None of the Model 757 series airplanes affected by 
this action are on the U.S. Register; therefore, they are not directly 
affected by this AD action. However, the FAA considers that this rule 
is necessary to ensure that the unsafe condition is addressed in the 
event that:
    1. any of the subject airplanes are imported and placed on the U.S. 
Register in the future; or

[[Page 18239]]

    2. any one of the suspect EHSV's is installed on a U.S.-registered 
airplane in the the future.
    Should an affected airplane be placed on the U.S. Register in the 
future, it would require approximately 1 work hour to accomplish the 
required actions, at an average labor charge of $60 per work hour. 
Based on these figures, the cost impact of this AD would be $60 per 
airplane.

Conclusion

    Since this AD action does not affect any airplane that is currently 
on the U.S. register, it has no adverse economic impact and imposes no 
additional burden on any person. Therefore, notice and public 
procedures hereon are unnecessary and the amendment may be made 
effective in less than 30 days after publication in the Federal 
Register.

Comments Invited

    Although this action is in the form of a final rule and was not 
preceded by notice and opportunity for public comment, comments are 
invited on this rule. Interested persons are invited to comment on this 
rule by submitting such written data, views, or arguments as they may 
desire. Communications shall identify the Rules Docket number and be 
submitted in triplicate to the address specified under the caption 
ADDRESSES. All communications received on or before the closing date 
for comments will be considered, and this rule may be amended in light 
of the comments received. Factual information that supports the 
commenter's ideas and suggestions is extremely helpful in evaluating 
the effectiveness of the AD action and determining whether additional 
rulemaking action would be needed.
    Comments are specifically invited on the overall regulatory, 
economic, environmental, and energy aspects of the rule that might 
suggest a need to modify the rule. All comments submitted will be 
available, both before and after the closing date for comments, in the 
Rules Docket for examination by interested persons. A report that 
summarizes each FAA-public contact concerned with the substance of this 
AD will be filed in the Rules Docket.
    Commenters wishing the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments 
submitted in response to this rule must submit a self-addressed, 
stamped postcard on which the following statement is made: ``Comments 
to Docket Number 96-NM-75-AD.'' The postcard will be date stamped and 
returned to the commenter.
    The regulations adopted herein will not have substantial direct 
effects on the States, on the relationship between the national 
government and the States, or on the distribution of power and 
responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in 
accordance with Executive Order 12612, it is determined that this final 
rule does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant the 
preparation of a Federalism Assessment.
    For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this action (1) is 
not a ``significant regulatory action'' under Executive Order 12866; 
(2) is not a ``significant rule'' under DOT Regulatory Policies and 
Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); and (3) will not have a 
significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial 
number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory 
Flexibility Act. A final evaluation has been prepared for this action 
and it is contained in the Rules Docket. A copy of it may be obtained 
from the Rules Docket at the location provided under the caption 
ADDRESSES.

List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39

    Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Safety.

Adoption of the Amendment

    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the 
Administrator, the Federal Aviation Administration amends part 39 of 
the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 39) as follows:

PART 39--AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES

    1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.

Sec. 39.13  [Amended]

    2. Section 39.13 is amended by removing amendment 39-9537 (61 FR 
9607, March 11, 1996), and by adding a new airworthiness directive 
(AD), amendment 39-9581, to read as follows:

96-09-07  Boeing: Amendment 39-9581. Docket 96-NM-75-AD. Supersedes 
AD 96-06-01, Amendment 39-9537.

    Applicability: Model 757 airplanes, certificated in any 
category, that are equipped with Moog spoiler actuators having Abex 
electro-hydraulic servo valves (EHSV), part number 72196, with the 
serial numbers listed in Table 1 of this AD:

                                 Table 1                                
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Abex order                             
        EHSV  serial No.            No.*-          Shipment Date *      
------------------------------------------------------------------------
AH-0001........................    C716657-  8 November 1991.           
AH-0002-.......................    C716657-  8 November 1991.           
AH-0003-.......................    C727995-  25 August 1994.            
AH-0004........................    C727995-  25 August 1994.            
AH-0005-.......................    C727995-  25 August 1995.            
AH-0006-.......................    C727995-  25 August 1995.            
AH-0007-.......................    C727995-  25 August 1995.            
13-............................    C731181-  12 June 1995.              
49-............................    C730878-  01 June 1995.              
61-............................    C727955-  13 September 1994.         
131-...........................    C708905-  13 November 89.            
233-...........................    C727730-  17 June 1994.              
241-...........................    C731540-  13 September 1995.         
260-...........................    C727955-  13 September 1994.         
279-...........................    C728298-  02 September 1994.         
275-...........................    C727880-  24 June 1994.              
308-...........................    C725421-  01 December 1993.          
329-...........................    C727711-  17 June 1994.              
347-...........................    C727518-  14 June 1994.              
401-...........................    C728298-  05 September 1994.         
407-...........................    C727730-  17 June 1994.              
427-...........................    C731181-  03 July 1995.              
450-...........................    C731181-  03 July 1995.              
445-...........................    C706627-  22 February 89.            
457-...........................    C731663-  12 September 1995.         
456-...........................    C728887-  28 November 1994.          
463-...........................    C731435-  21 August 1995.            
484-...........................    C727748-  22 June 1994.              
515-...........................    C727745-  24 June 1994.              
559-...........................    C728290-  05 September 1994.         
563-...........................    C724224-  14 September 1993.         
579-...........................    C724176-  14 September 1993.         
595-...........................    C727735-  24 January 1994.           
611-...........................    C727955-  14 September 1994.         
607-...........................    C727997-  20 July 1994.              
647-...........................    C728459-  10 October 1994.           
726-...........................    C731096-  04 September 1995.         
725-...........................    C729525-  19 December 1994.          
819-...........................    C728135-  03 August 1994.            
890-...........................    C726803-  06 April 1994.             
874-...........................    C730890-  26 April 1995.             
909-...........................    C724877-  29 November 1993.          
912-...........................    C727977-  04 August 1994.            
991-...........................    C713602-  10 December 1990.          
998-...........................    C731477-  4 September 1995.          
1022...........................    C708905-  13 November 1989.          
1023...........................    C708905-  13 November 1989.          
1072...........................    C709166-  14 November 1989.          
1148...........................    C730192-  13 March 1995.             
1175...........................    C723278-  05 August 1993.            
1227...........................    C728303-  31 August 1994.            
1283...........................    C731833-  04 September 1995.         
1487...........................    C728549-  04 October 1994.           
1655...........................    C728442-  28 November 1994.          
1780...........................    C726757-  06 April 1994.             
1807...........................     C728669  29 September 1994.         
1862...........................    C727625-  17 June 1994.              
1929...........................    C727977-  04 August 1994.            
1986Z..........................    C727730-  17 June 1994.              
2017Z..........................    C725411-  24 November 1993.          

[[Page 18240]]

                                                                        
2034...........................    C727730-  17 June 1994.              
2073...........................    C731272-  12 September 1995.         
2125...........................    C725713-  12 January 1994.           
2220...........................     C729735  29 March 1995.             
2334...........................    C727730-  17 June 1994.              
2348...........................    C727730-  17 June 1994.              
2426...........................     C731623  12 July 1995.              
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The Abex Order Number and Shipment Date are included in this listing  
  to enable operators to review their records in order to determine if a
  suspect EHSV has been ordered, and if, or where, it has been installed
  on an airplane.                                                       

    Note 1: This AD applies to each airplane identified in the 
preceding applicability provision, regardless of whether it has been 
modified, altered, or repaired in the area subject to the 
requirements of this AD. For airplanes that have been modified, 
altered, or repaired so that the performance of the requirements of 
this AD is affected, the owner/operator must request approval for an 
alternative method of compliance in accordance with paragraph (b) of 
this AD. The request should include an assessment of the effect of 
the modification, alteration, or repair on the unsafe condition 
addressed by this AD; and, if the unsafe condition has not been 
eliminated, the request should include specific proposed actions to 
address it.

    Compliance: Required as indicated, unless accomplished 
previously.
    To prevent a significant control upset of the airplane due to 
problems associated with incorrectly assembled Abex electro-
hydraulic servo valves (EHSV) on certain Moog spoiler actuators, 
accomplish the following:
    (a) Within 6 months after the effective date of this AD, perform 
the following procedure: -
    (1) While the airplane is on the ground, extend the flaps to 40 
degrees. and visually inspect the spoiler actuator EHSV assembly to 
determine the location of the second stage bias spring end cap 
assembly.
    (2) If the second stage bias spring cap assembly is on the aft 
or lower side of the EHSV assembly, prior to further flight, replace 
the EHSV, having Abex part number 72196, with a serviceable unit in 
accordance with the airplane maintenance manual.
    Note 2: To be correctly positioned, the second stage bias spring 
cap assembly should be on the upper or forward side of the EHSV 
assembly. Appendix 1 of this AD provides a visual representation of 
the correct positioning of the EHSV assembly.
    (b) An alternative method of compliance or adjustment of the 
compliance time that provides an acceptable level of safety may be 
used if approved by the Manager, Seattle Aircraft Certification 
Office (ACO), FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate. Operators shall 
submit their requests through an appropriate FAA Principal 
Maintenance Inspector, who may add comments and then send it to the 
Manager, Seattle ACO.
    Note 3: Information concerning the existence of approved 
alternative methods of compliance with this AD, if any, may be 
obtained from the Seattle ACO.
    (c) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with 
sections 21.197 and 21.199 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 
CFR 21.197 and 21.199) to operate the airplane to a location where 
the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.
    (d) This amendment becomes effective on May 10, 1996.

Billing Code 4910-13-P

[[Page 18241]]

Appendix 1
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR25AP96.011

[[Page 18242]]

    Issued in Renton, Washington, on April 19, 1996.
Darrell M. Pederson,
Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification 
Service.
[FR Doc. 96-10209 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-13-C

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10207 Right-of-Way Program Administration; Removal of Obsolete and Redundant Regulations
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18245-18247]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10207]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 18246]]

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

Federal Highway Administration

23 CFR Parts 710, 712, 720, and 740

[FHWA Docket No. 95-18]
RIN 2125-AC17

Right-of-Way Program Administration; Removal of Obsolete and 
Redundant Regulations

AGENCY: Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), DOT.

ACTION: Interim final rule; request for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This document removes regulations concerning right-of-way 
program administration which are obsolete and/or redundant. This action 
is in response to the President's Regulatory Reinvention Initiative. 
The removed regulatory provisions are duplicated or addressed elsewhere 
in FHWA/DOT regulations or are unnecessary for current programs.

DATES: This interim rule is effective May 28, 1996. Comments are due on 
or before June 24, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Submit written, signed comments to FHWA Docket No. 95-18, 
Federal Highway Administration, Room 4232, HCC-10, Office of the Chief 
Counsel, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, D.C. 20590. All comments 
received will be available for examination at the above address between 
8:30 a.m. and 3:30 p.m., e.t., Monday through Friday, except Federal 
holidays. Those desiring notification of receipt of comments must 
include a self-addressed, stamped envelope or postcard.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Mr. Robert A. Johnson, Office of Real Estate Services, (202) 366-2020, 
or Mr. Reid Alsop, Attorney, Office of Chief Counsel, HCC-31, (202) 
366-1371. Office hours are from 7:45 a.m. to 4:15 p.m., e.t., Monday 
through Friday, except Federal holidays.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On November 6, 1995, the FHWA published in 
the Federal Register (60 FR 56004) an advance notice of proposed 
rulemaking (ANPRM) requesting comment on the content of 23 CFR parts 
710 through 740. Twenty comments were received from individuals (2), 
private groups or organizations (2), and State transportation agencies 
(16).
    Based on the responses to the ANPRM and other factors, the FHWA 
concludes that a comprehensive revision of the Right-of-Way related 
regulations is required. While such a revision is appropriate, several 
other regulatory revisions are currently underway that will, either 
directly or indirectly, affect right-of-way considerations. The FHWA 
will coordinate development of a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) 
governing right-of-way/real estate programs with other related 
regulations now under review governing new administrative procedures 
and environmental issues to ensure that maximum consistency with 
current practice is achieved.
    In the interim, the FHWA has identified numerous provisions that 
are no longer needed and should be removed from the regulations. Four 
whole parts or subparts identified during the review of the regulations 
as no longer needed are removed by this rule. These four include:
    (1) 23 CFR part 710, subpart D--Civil Rights. This subpart of the 
regulations contains provisions relating civil rights under Title VI of 
the Civil Rights Act of 1964 to the right-of-way acquisition function. 
This subpart was published in 1974 and was based on provisions 
contained in 49 CFR part 21 issued in 1970. Since the original 
issuance, subchapter C--Civil Rights was added to 23 CFR. Subchapter C 
provides guidance and policy for implementing Title VI program 
requirements throughout FHWA and addresses State highway agency 
responsibilities in this regard. The provisions in 49 CFR part 21 and 
23 CFR subchapter C contain the more current provisions relating to 
Civil Rights matters and are the sections of the regulations used to 
assess compliance. The older provisions in 23 CFR part 710, subpart D, 
while still relevant as guidance, are no longer needed, having been 
replaced by the more comprehensive provisions in 23 CFR subchapter C.
    (2) 23 CFR part 712, subpart H--Land Service Facilities. This 
subpart contains policy guidance on Federal participation associated 
with land service facilities designed for access to properties affected 
by a highway improvement. The full control of access features 
associated with the Interstate system, along with the cost-to-complete 
funding basis for that system, necessitated regulations to assure that 
land service facilities (construction items) incorporated in project 
design were either clearly beneficial to the public or economically 
justified if beneficial solely to an individual property owner. The 
policy had existed as guidelines prior to adoption as a regulation in 
1977, and has since been adopted within most State highway agencies 
design development processes. The FHWA recognizes that most States now 
have policies meeting the basic intent of this subpart. Current funding 
programs are no longer based on cost-to-complete but are limited to 
fixed allocations. Our program emphasis is not directed at new limited 
access facilities. Therefore, no current interest is served by 
retaining this subpart.
    (3) 23 CFR part 720--Appraisal. The content in this part covers 
employment and contracting provisions for acquiring agencies using fee 
appraiser and specialist services. The current content in this part is 
the residual portion of regulations originally issued in 1973 that 
covered appraisal documentation and contracting standards. The 
appraisal documentation standards were incorporated into 49 CFR part 24 
in 1989 as part of the effort to develop a single government-wide rule 
implementing the Uniform Act (Pub. L. 91-646). The employment and 
contracting provisions contained in this part, while still considered 
good practice, are no longer needed to address our current programs. 
States have developed their own set of procedures on how to handle 
contracting for services under government-wide rules issued by OMB as 
implemented within DOT by 49 CFR part 18.
    (4) 23 CFR part 740--Relocation Assistance. This part of the 
regulations is a residual of a larger set originally issued in 1976 
governing the implementation of the relocation program under the 
Uniform Act. The main portion of the regulations related to this topic 
was incorporated in 49 CFR part 24 in 1989. What was retained at that 
time was participation, organization and contracting requirements. The 
contracting provisions found in this part are no longer appropriate as 
they either duplicate similar provisions found elsewhere in 23 CFR or 
can be addressed through implementation of the government-wide rules on 
contracting for services covered by 49 CFR part 18. The participation 
and organizational sections in this part are also either covered 
elsewhere in 23 CFR or no longer relate to current programs.
    The removal of the above parts and subparts is not considered a 
major or significant change in the basic programs of FHWA and should 
not be considered as a relaxation of preexisting standards, or an 
expansion of Federal participation limits that pertained to the 
subjects contained therein. The removal is solely to reduce redundancy 
and eliminate prescriptive portions of existing regulations that have 
been adopted as standardized procedures over time by State highway 
agencies.

[[Page 18247]]

Rulemaking Analyses and Notices

    The FHWA is waiving prior notice and opportunity for public comment 
on this rule because it is considered unnecessary within the meaning of 
section 4(b)(3)(B) of the Administrative Procedures Act, 5 USC 
553(b)(3)(B). Removal of the identified sections is unlikely to 
engender public comment. The FHWA believes that the promulgation of 
this interim rule will eliminate obsolete provisions in the CFR 
enhancing the ease with which these regulations can be understood by 
the public. Nevertheless, the FHWA is opening a public docket for this 
rule and providing 60 days for receipt of public comment. The FHWA will 
consider all comments received during this 60 day period in determining 
whether any revision is necessary to the rule published today.

Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory Planning and Review) and DOT 
Regulatory Policies and Procedures

    The FHWA has determined that this action is not a significant 
regulatory action within the meaning of Executive Order 12866 or 
significant within the meaning of Department of Transportation 
regulatory policies and procedures. Since this Interim Final Rule 
reduces obsolete regulatory language it will not have an adverse annual 
effect on the economy, interfere with the work of another agency, 
materially alter the budget impact of grantees, or raise novel legal or 
policy issues inconsistent with the principles set forth in this 
Executive Order. It is anticipated that the economic impact of this 
rulemaking will be minimal; therefore, a full regulatory evaluation is 
not required.

Regulatory Flexibility Act

    This rule eliminates obsolete regulatory language used in the 
administration of right-of-way programs, and in so doing does not add 
to the burdens imposed on a substantial number of small entities.

Executive Order 12612 (Federalism Assessment)

    This action has been analyzed in accordance with the principles and 
criteria contained in Executive Order 12612, and it has been determined 
that this action does not have sufficient federalism implications to 
warrant the preparation of a federalism assessment.

Executive Order 12372 (Intergovernmental Review)

    Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Number 20.205 Highway 
Planning and Construction. The regulations implementing Executive Order 
12372 regarding intergovernmental consultation on Federal programs and 
activities apply to this program.

Paperwork Reduction Act

    This action does not contain a collection of information 
requirement for purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 
U.S.C. 3501 et seq.

National Environmental Policy Act

    The agency has analyzed this action for the purpose of the National 
Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and has 
determined that this action would not have any effect on the quality of 
the environment.

Regulation Identification Number

    A regulation identification number (RIN) is assigned to each 
regulatory action listed in the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulations. 
The Regulatory Information Service Center publishes the Unified Agenda 
in April and October of each year. The RIN contained in the heading of 
this document can be used to cross reference this action with the 
Unified Agenda.

List of Subjects in 23 CFR Parts 710, 712, 720, and 740

    Grant programs--transportation, Highways and roads, Real property 
acquisition, Relocation assistance, Rights-of-way.

    For the reasons set out in the preamble, and under the authority of 
23 U.S.C. 315 and 49 CFR 1.48, title 23, Code of Federal Regulations, 
is amended as set forth below.

    Issued on: April 18, 1996.
Rodney E. Slater,
Federal Highway Administrator.

    In consideration of the foregoing, the FHWA amends chapter I of 
title 23, Code of Federal Regulations, as follows:

PART 710--RIGHT-OF-WAY--GENERAL

    1. The authority citation for part 710 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 23 U.S.C. 101(a) and 315; 42 U.S.C. 2000d et seq., 
4633, 4651-4655; 49 CFR 1.48 (b) and (cc) and parts 21 and 24; 23 
CFR 1.32.

Secs. 710.401 through 710.405 (Subpart D)--Civil Rights  [Removed]

    2. In part 710, subpart D, consisting of Secs. 710.401 through 
710.405, is removed.

PART 712--THE ACQUISITION FUNCTION

    3. The authority citation for part 712 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 23 U.S.C. 101(a), 107, 108, 111, 114, 204, 210, 308, 
315, 317, and 323; 42 U.S.C. 2000d-1, 4633, 4651-4655; 49 CFR 1.48 
(b) and (cc) and part 24; 23 CFR 1.32.

Secs. 712.801, 712.803, and 712.805 (Subpart H)--Land Service 
Facilities  [Removed]

    4. In part 712, subpart H, consisting of Secs. 712.801, 712.803, 
and 712.805 is removed.

PART 720--APPRAISAL [REMOVED]

    5. Part 720 of chapter I is removed.

PART 740--RELOCATION ASSISTANCE [REMOVED]

    6. Part 740 of chapter I is removed.
[FR Doc. 96-10207 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-22-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10169 Implementation of Sections 204(a) and 204(c) of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (Broadcast License Renewal Procedures)
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18289-18291]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10169]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

47 CFR PARTS 1 and 73
[FCC 96-172]

Implementation of Sections 204(a) and 204(c) of the 
Telecommunications Act of 1996 (Broadcast License Renewal Procedures)

AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.

ACTION: Final Rule,

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Commission is implementing Sections 204(a) and 204(c) of 
the Telecommunications Act of 1996, which eliminate comparative renewal 
hearings for broadcast applications filed after May 1, 1995 and direct 
the Commission to grant a broadcaster's renewal application if 
statutory renewal standards are met. The action is necessary in order 
to conform the Commission's rules to Section 204(a) and (c) of the 
Telecommunications Act, and the intended effect of the action is to 
conform the rules to those statutory provisions.

EFFECTIVE DATE: April 25, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mania K. Baghdadi, Mass Media Bureau, 
Policy and Rules Division (202) 418-2130.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a synopsis of the Commission's Order 
(In the Matter of Implementation of Sections 204(a) and 204(c) of the 
Telecommunications Act of 1996 (Broadcast Renewal Procedures)), adopted 
April 12, 1996, and released April 12, 1996. The complete text of this 
Order is available for inspection and copying during normal business 
hours in the FCC Reference Center (Room 239), 1919 M Street, NW., 
Washington, DC, and also may be purchased from the Commission's copy 
contractor, International Transcription Service, (202) 857-3800, 2100 M 
Street, NW., Suite 140, Washington, DC 20037.

Synopsis of Order

    1. This Order implements Sections 204(a) and 204(c) of the 
Telecommunications Act of 1996 (``Telecom Act'') [Pub. L. No. 104-104,

[[Page 18290]]

110 Stat. 56 (1996)], which adopts new Section 309(k) of the 
Communications Act applicable to broadcast renewal applications filed 
after May 1, 1995, eliminating comparative renewal hearings, 
establishing instead a new two-step renewal procedure, and directing 
the Commission to grant a broadcaster's renewal application if 
statutory renewal standards are met.
    2. New Section 309(k) states:
    (1) * * * If the licensee of a broadcast station submits an 
application to the Commission for renewal of such license, the 
Commission shall grant the application if it finds, with respect to 
that station, during the preceding term of its license--
    (A) the station has served the public interest, convenience, and 
necessity;
    (B) there have been no serious violations by the licensee of this 
Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission; and
    (C) there have been no other violations by the licensee of this Act 
or the rules and regulations of the Commission which, taken together, 
would constitute a pattern of abuse.
    (2) * * * If any licensee of a broadcast station fails to meet the 
requirements of this subsection, the Commission may deny the 
application for renewal in accordance with paragraph (3), or grant such 
application on terms and conditions as are appropriate, including 
renewal for a term less than the maximum otherwise permitted.
    (3) * * * If the Commission determines, after notice and 
opportunity for a hearing as provided in subsection (e), that a 
licensee has failed to meet the requirements specified in paragraph (1) 
and that no mitigating factors justify the imposition of lesser 
sanctions, the Commission shall--
    (A) issue an order denying the renewal application filed by such 
licensee under Section 308; and
    (B) only thereafter accept and consider such applications for a 
construction permit as may be filed under section 308 specifying the 
channel or broadcasting facilities of the former licensee.
    (4) * * * In making the determinations specified in paragraph (1) 
or (2), the Commission shall not consider whether the public interest, 
convenience, and necessity might be served by the grant of a license to 
a person other than the renewal applicant.

47 U.S.C. Sec. 309(k).

    3. Additionally, Section 204(a)(2) of the Telecom Act amends 
Section 309(d) of the Communications Act, 47 U.S.C. Sec. 309(d), to 
make the standard for filing petitions to deny conform to the statutory 
renewal standards. Thus, the statutory renewal standards are made 
applicable to the petitioner's required showing and the Commission's 
consequent findings in the case of a petition to deny a renewal 
application filed after the statutory effective date.
    4. The Telecom Act does not define the terms contained in the 
renewal standards embodied in Section 309(k), and we likewise do not 
define those terms in the Order. It is our present intent to continue 
to apply existing policy statements and case law, refining these as 
appropriate on a case-by-case basis, in interpreting the statutory 
terms that govern the new renewal process. If we determine at some 
future time that further clarification is appropriate, we shall conduct 
such proceedings as may be warranted.
    5. Administrative Matters. We are revising the rules as detailed 
below without providing prior notice and an opportunity for comment. 
For applications filed after May 1, 1995, the revisions simply reflect 
the changes mandated by the applicable provisions of the Telecom Act 
eliminating comparative renewals and codifying certain renewal 
standards. We find that notice and comment procedures are unnecessary, 
and that this action therefore falls within the ``good cause'' 
exception of the Administrative Procedure Act (``APA''). See 5 U.S.C. 
553(b)(B) (notice requirements inapplicable ``when the agency for good 
cause . . . finds that notice and public procedure thereon are 
impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest''). We 
further find for the same reasons that good cause exists to make the 
rule changes adopted herein effective upon publication of this Order in 
the Federal Register. See id. at 553(d)(3). The rule changes adopted in 
this Order do not involve discretionary action by the Commission. 
Rather, they simply reiterate in our rules specific terms set forth in 
legislation. Additionally, with respect to the revisions that involve 
rules of agency organization and procedure, the notice and comment 
requirements of the APA are inapplicable. See 5 U.S.C. Sec. 553(b)(A).
    6. Termination of Comparative Renewal Rule Making. In light of the 
elimination of the comparative renewal procedure, we will terminate BC 
Docket No. 81-742, in which the Commission is considering reforming the 
comparative renewal process. See Third Further Notice of Inquiry and 
Notice of Proposed Rule Making in BC Docket No. 81-742, 4 FCC Rcd 6363 
(1989) [57 FR 35357 (August 25, 1989]) and preceding Notices of Inquiry 
and Notice of Proposed Rule Making cited therein. We believe that it 
would not represent the most productive use of our resources to 
conclude Docket No. 81-742 since it will apply only to a limited number 
of comparative renewal proceedings.
    7. Effective Dates. Pursuant to the Telecom Act, Section 309(k) 
will be applied to renewal applications filed after May 1, 1995, and 
the rule changes made to implement the new renewal provisions of the 
Telecom Act reflect the statutory effective date. Pending comparative 
renewal proceedings and mutual exclusivities involving applications 
filed on or before May 1, 1995 will be concluded pursuant to the 
current rules, and accordingly, we will leave intact procedural 
provisions of the current rules that refer to comparative renewal 
proceedings until those pending proceedings and exclusivities are 
finally resolved. We wish to reiterate that our failure to amend or 
eliminate a rule that refers to or applies to comparative renewal 
proceedings results only from the need to conclude those ongoing 
proceedings. We wish to make clear that applications filed on or before 
May 1, 1995 will be subject to our current renewal standards and 
procedures, while applications filed after May 1, 1995 will be subject 
to the new renewal provisions adopted in Section 204 of the Telecom 
Act.
    8. Ordering Clause. Accordingly, IT IS ORDERED that, pursuant to 
Section 204 of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, and to Sections 4(i) 
and 303(r) of the Communications Act of 1934 as amended, 47 U.S.C. 
Secs. 154(i), 303(r), Parts 1 and 73 of the Commission's Rules is 
amended as set forth below. The rule changes are effective upon 
publication of this Order in the Federal Register. IT IS FURTHER 
ORDERED that BC Docket No. 81-742 is hereby terminated.

List of Subjects

47 CFR Part 1

    Radio, Television.

47 CFR Part 73

    Radio broadcasting, Television broadcasting.

Federal Communications Commission.
William F. Caton,
Acting Secretary.

Rule Changes

    Parts 1 and 73 of Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations are 
amended as follows:

[[Page 18291]]

PART 1--PRACTICE AND PROCEDURE

    1. The authority citation for Part 1 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 47 U.S.C. 151, 154, 303 and 309(j) unless otherwise 
noted.

    2. Section 1.227 is amended by revising paragraph (b)(6) to read as 
follows:

Sec. 1.227  Consolidations.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (6) An application which is mutually exclusive with an application 
for renewal of license of a broadcast station filed on or before May 1, 
1995 will be designated for comparative hearing with such license 
renewal application if it is substantially complete and tendered for 
filing no later than the date prescribed in Sec. 73.3516(e).

PART 73--RADIO BROADCAST SERVICES

    3. The authority citation for part 73 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 46 U.S.C. 154, 303, 304.

    4. Section 73.561 is amended by revising the last sentence of the 
introductory text of paragraph (b) to read as follows:

Sec. 73.561  Operating schedule; time sharing.

* * * * *
    (b) * * * In order to be considered for this purpose, such an 
application to share time must be filed no later than the deadline for 
filing petitions to deny the renewal application of the existing 
licensee, or, in the case of renewal applications filed by the existing 
licensee on or before May 1, 1995, no later than the deadline for 
filing applications in conflict with the such renewal applications.
* * * * *
    5. Section 73.1020 is amended by revising paragraph (b) to read as 
follows:

Sec. 73.1020  Station license period.

* * * * *
    (b) For the cutoff date for the filing of applications mutually 
exclusive with renewal applications that are filed on or before May 1, 
1995 and for the deadline for filing petitions to deny renewal 
applications, see Sec. 73.3516(e).
    6. Section 73.3516 is amended by revising the introductory text of 
paragraph (e) and paragraph (e)(1) to read as follows:

Sec. 73.3516  Specification of facilities.

* * * * *
    (e) An application for construction permit for a new broadcast 
station or for modification of construction permit or license of a 
previously authorized broadcast station will not be accepted for filing 
if it is mutually exclusive with an application for renewal of license 
of an existing broadcast station unless the application for renewal of 
license is filed on or before May 1, 1995 and unless the mutually 
exclusive construction permit application is tendered for filing by the 
end of the first day of the last full calendar month of the expiring 
license term. A petition to deny an application for renewal of license 
of an existing broadcast station will be considered as timely filed if 
it is tendered for filing by the end of the first day of the last full 
calendar month of the expiring license term.
    (1) If the license renewal application is not timely filed as 
prescribed in Sec. 73.3539, the deadline for filing petitions to deny 
thereto is the 90th day after the FCC gives public notice that it has 
accepted the late-filed renewal application for filing. In the case of 
a renewal application filed on or before May 1, 1995, if the license 
renewal application is not timely filed as prescribed in Sec. 73.3539, 
the deadline for filing applications mutually exclusive therewith is 
the 90th day after the FCC gives public notice that it has accepted the 
late-filed renewal application for filing.
* * * * *
    7. Section 73.3523 is amended by revising paragraph (a) to read as 
follows:

Sec. 73.3523  Dismissal of applications in renewal proceedings.

    (a) An applicant for construction permit, that has filed an 
application that is mutually exclusive with an application for renewal 
of a license of an AM, FM or television station (hereinafter competing 
applicant'') filed on or before May 1, 1995, and seeks to dismiss or 
withdraw its application and thereby remove a conflict between 
applications pending before the Commission, must obtain the approval of 
the Commission.
* * * * *
    8. Section 73.3584 is amended by revising the third sentence of 
paragraph (a) to read as follows:

Sec. 73.3584  Procedure for filing petitions to deny.

    (a) * * * In the case of applications for renewal of license, 
Petitions to Deny may be filed at any time up to the deadline 
established in Sec. 73.3516(e). * * *
* * * * *
    9. Section 73.3591 is amended by revising the introductory text of 
paragraph (a), paragraph (c), and adding new paragraph (d) to read as 
follows.

Sec. 73.3591  Grants without hearing.

    (a) Except for renewal applications filed after May 1, 1995 which 
will be subject to paragraph (d) of this section, in the case of any 
application for an instrument of authorization, other than a license 
pursuant to a construction permit, the FCC will make the grant if it 
finds (on the basis of the application, the pleadings filed or other 
matters which it may officially notice) that the application presents 
no substantial and material question of fact and meets the following 
requirements:
* * * * *
    (c) If a petition to deny the application has been filed in 
accordance with Sec. 73.3584 and the FCC makes the grant in accordance 
with paragraph (a) of this section, the FCC will deny the petition and 
issue a concise statement setting forth the reasons for denial and 
disposing of all substantial issues raised by the petition.
    (d) Renewal applications filed after May 1, 1995 will be governed 
by the criteria established in 47 U.S.C. Sec. 309(k).

[FR Doc. 96-10169 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712-01-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10132 Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans; States of Kansas and Missouri
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18251-18255]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10132]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

40 CFR Part 52

[KS-6-1-6985, MO-31-1-7153; FRL 5448-9]

Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans; States of 
Kansas and Missouri

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

ACTION: Direct final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: By this action the EPA gives full approval to the State 
Implementation Plans (SIP) submitted by the states of Kansas and 
Missouri to fulfill the emission inventory update requirement of the 
approved Kansas City maintenance plan. The submittals also establish a 
motor vehicle emissions budget for the purposes of fulfilling the 
requirements of the Federal Transportation Conformity rule.

DATES: This action will be effective June 24, 1996 unless by May 28, 
1996 adverse or critical comments are received.

ADDRESSES: Copies of the documents relevant to this action are 
available for public inspection during normal business hours at the: 
Environmental Protection Agency, Air Planning and Development Branch, 
726 Minnesota Avenue, Kansas City, Kansas 66101.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Lisa V. Haugen at (913) 551-7877.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

I. Background

    Based on ambient air quality data for the period 1989 through 1991, 
the

[[Page 18252]]

Kansas and Missouri portions of the Kansas City ozone nonattainment 
area were redesignated to attainment, and a maintenance plan was 
approved, in a June 23, 1992, Federal Register notice. In the approved 
maintenance plan, each state committed to completing comprehensive 
volatile organic compound (VOC) point source inventory updates at least 
twice in each five-year period following the effective date of the 
area's redesignation. Area and mobile source inventories are to be 
updated at least once every five years. These periodic updates are part 
of each state's continued efforts to ascertain whether actual VOC 
emissions are within the attainment inventory.
    The 1992 approved maintenance SIP was submitted before EPA 
finalized its maintenance plan guidance which provided that nitrogen 
oxide (NOX) emissions inventories be included in maintenance 
demonstrations. However, during the course of EPA review of the 
submittal, EPA made an assessment of NOX emissions in Kansas City. 
These emission inventory updates supersede the NOX inventory 
information for the period 1990 through 2000 developed by EPA during 
the review and approval of the 1992 maintenance plan.
    On November 23, 1993, pursuant to section 176(c) of the Clean Air 
Act, the EPA promulgated the final rule (hereafter referred to as the 
Transportation Conformity rule), which established the process by which 
the Federal Highway Administration, the Federal Transit Administration, 
and metropolitan planning organizations (MPO) determine conformity of 
highway and transit projects. This rule applies to Kansas City as an 
ozone maintenance area.
    The emissions budget is the mechanism EPA has identified for 
demonstrating consistency between emissions expected from 
implementation of transportation plans, Transportation Improvement 
Programs (TIP), and projects with estimates of emissions in the SIP 
from on-road motor vehicles. Motor vehicle emissions budgets are the 
explicit or implicit identification of the on-road motor vehicle-
related portion of the projected emission inventory used to demonstrate 
maintenance of the National Ambient Air Quality Standard for ozone for 
a particular year specified in the SIP. The motor vehicle emissions 
budget establishes a cap on the predicted highway and transit vehicle 
VOC and NOX emissions which, if exceeded, will result in a 
nonconformity finding.
    The maintenance plan for the Kansas City area was approved before 
the promulgation of the Transportation Conformity rule, and therefore 
did not include explicit motor vehicle emission budgets for VOCs and 
NOX. These SIP revisions amend the 1992 Kansas City ozone 
maintenance SIP to specify motor vehicle VOC and NOx emissions 
budgets for the Kansas City air quality maintenance area.

II. Review of State Submittal

    A comprehensive emissions inventory for both VOCs and NOX , 
which includes an explicit motor vehicle emissions budget, was 
submitted by the state of Kansas on May 11, 1995, and by the state of 
Missouri on April 12, 1995. These emissions inventory updates were 
completed for the Kansas City ozone maintenance area, which includes 
Wyandotte and Johnson counties in Kansas and Clay, Jackson, and Platte 
counties in Missouri. With the exception of point sources and the 
asphalt paving source category, all other emissions estimates were 
calculated with 1990 as the base year, and projections were made from 
the base to 2010.
    Air quality monitoring data, which have recently been quality-
assured, indicate that measured exceedances of the ozone standard were 
recorded on July 11, 12, and 13, 1995, at the Liberty monitoring site 
in Kansas City. The highest recorded value for each day was .128 ppm, 
.161 ppm, and .131 ppm, respectively. These exceedances, added to a 
measured exceedance of the ozone standard of .128 ppm, recorded on July 
29, 1993, puts the area in violation of the standard.
    As required in the approved maintenance plan, contingency measures 
must be implemented to address the violation of the ozone standard. The 
approved maintenance plan also includes a commitment by the states to 
complete a comprehensive VOC emission inventory should a violation of 
the ozone standard occur. EPA has determined that the emission 
inventory updates submitted by the states of Kansas and Missouri 
fulfill the aforementioned commitment. However, if the Kansas City area 
experiences further violations of the ozone standard, the emission 
inventory will need to be revised.

A. VOC and NOX Emissions Inventory Updates

    Part 3.2 and Appendices A, B, and C of the 1992 maintenance SIP 
contain VOC emissions inventory estimates from point, area, and mobile 
sources for the period 1988 through 2000. These SIP revisions update 
and supersede the VOC emissions inventory in its entirety for the 
period between 1990 and 2000. This revision also supplements Part 3.2 
with VOC emissions inventory projections for 2005 and 2010 in order to 
address the requirements of the Transportation Conformity rule. The 
NOX emissions inventories supplement the 1992 maintenance SIP with 
detailed NOX emissions estimates for the period 1990 through 2000 
and for the years 2005 and 2010.
    The new emission inventory numbers reflect significant changes in 
emissions estimation methodology and changes in the data upon which 
estimates are based. The reader is referred to the Technical Support 
Document and the states' submittals for detailed information about 
methodologies, emission factors, sources of input data, the basis for 
projections, seasonal adjustments, conversions, and assumptions. The 
1990 VOC inventory includes reductions attributable to Reid Vapor 
Pressure control from 9.5 to 9.0 psi consistent with the 1992 
Maintenance SIP.
    Part 3.4 of the 1992 maintenance SIP specifically defined an 
``action line'' that represented the maximum allowable VOC emissions in 
the Kansas City metropolitan air quality planning area. The revised 
1990 VOC emissions inventories replace the ``action line'' as the 
number that represents the maximum allowable VOC emissions in the 
Kansas City air quality planning area.
    The VOC emissions inventories for the Kansas City ozone maintenance 
area are presented in the following tables:

                                       VOC Emissions Summary--All Counties                                      
             [Unless otherwise specified, the units of measurement are in kilograms per summer day]             
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      On-road      Off-road                                Point                
                                       mobile       mobile      Biogenic   Area source     source       Total   
                                     emissions    emissions    emissions    emissions    emissions    emissions 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1990..............................    128282.53     39575.47     35821.05     86593.21     32284.52    322556.77

[[Page 18253]]

                                                                                                                
1992..............................     96710.10     39857.92     35821.05     86156.15     27733.27    286278.50
1995..............................     87355.63     41221.27     35821.05     89484.05     30007.33    283889.33
2000..............................     81815.02     43085.96     35821.05     94974.59     32346.91    288043.53
2005..............................     73897.25     45135.34     35821.05    100297.17     34977.68    290128.48
2010..............................     77151.71     47053.42     35821.05    105007.73     37529.13    302563.04
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    VOC Emissions Summary--Missouri Counties (Jackson, Clay, Platte Counties)                   
             [Unless otherwise specified, the units of measurement are in kilograms per summer day]             
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      On-road      Off-road                                Point                
                                       mobile       mobile      Biogenic   Area source     source       Total   
                                     emissions    emissions    emissions    emissions    emissions    emissions 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1990..............................     81506.45     26222.22     22926.35     51480.28     21283.17    203418.47
1992..............................     61373.89     26399.32     22926.35     51044.25     18621.05    180364.86
1995..............................     55461.41     27237.63     22926.35     52808.29     20138.78    178572.46
2000..............................     50495.69     28368.05     22926.35     55569.59     21708.13    179067.80
2005..............................     45604.20     29684.52     22926.35     58481.09     23474.30    180170.47
2010..............................     46641.63     30917.71     22926.35     60941.80     25162.72    186590.21
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         VOC Emissions Summary--Kansas Counties (Wyandotte and Johnson)                         
             [Unless otherwise specified, the units of measurement are in kilograms per summer day]             
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      On-road      Off-road                                Point                
                                       mobile       mobile      Biogenic   Area source     source       Total   
                                     emissions    emissions    emissions    emissions    emissions    emissions 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1990..............................     46776.08     13353.25     12894.70     35112.93     11001.34    119138.30
1992..............................     35336.21     13458.59     12894.70     35111.91      9112.22    105913.64
1995..............................     31894.22     13983.65     12894.70     36675.76      9868.55    105316.87
2000..............................     31319.33     14717.91     12894.70     39405.01     10638.78    108975.73
2005..............................     28293.04     15450.81     12894.70     41816.08     11503.38    109958.01
2010..............................     30510.08     16135.71     12894.70     44065.93     12366.41    115972.83
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The NOX emissions inventories for the Kansas City ozone 
maintenance area are presented in the following tables:

                                       NOX Emissions Summary--All Counties                                      
             [Unless otherwise specified, the units of measurement are in kilograms per summer day]             
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      On-road      Off-road                                Point                
                                       mobile       mobile      Biogenic   Area source     source       Total   
                                     emissions    emissions    emissions    emissions    emissions    emissions 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1990..............................    103895.82     43860.30         0.00     15830.39    161550.89    325137.39
1992..............................    102580.57     43182.37         0.00     15669.14    173748.93    335181.02
1995..............................    101275.32     45812.23         0.00     16966.07    152629.66    316683.27
2000..............................     98337.95     44300.25         0.00     18565.52    104439.12    265642.84
2005..............................     95408.56     41857.70         0.00     20378.20    105334.55    262979.01
2010..............................     98570.22     40375.29         0.00     21707.60    106156.52    266809.64
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    NOX Emissions Summary--Missouri Counties (Jackson, Clay, Platte Counties)                   
             [Unless otherwise specified, the units of measurement are in kilograms per summer day]             
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      On-road      Off-road                                Point                
                                       mobile       mobile      Biogenic   Area source     source       Total   
                                     emissions    emissions    emissions    emissions    emissions    emissions 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1990..............................     66147.65     22398.17         0.00      4104.73    103125.99    195776.54
1992..............................     65329.61     21998.33         0.00      4115.09    111842.06    203285.09
1995..............................     64459.65     23655.85         0.00      4412.00     99474.58    192002.08
2000..............................     60876.51     22757.27         0.00      4808.15     76461.04    164902.96
2005..............................     59067.93     21277.86         0.00      5254.93     76772.77    162373.50
2010..............................     60275.27     20396.86         0.00      5576.43     77030.49    163279.04
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 18254]]

                         NOX Emissions Summary--Kansas Counties (Wyandotte and Johnson)                         
             [Unless otherwise specified, the units of measurement are in kilograms per summer day]             
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      On-road      Off-road                                Point                
                                       mobile       mobile      Biogenic   Area source     source       Total   
                                     emissions    emissions    emissions    emissions    emissions    emissions 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1990..............................     37748.17     21462.13         0.00     11725.66     58424.89    129360.85
1992..............................     37250.96     21184.05         0.00     11554.05     61906.87    131895.93
1995..............................     36815.67     22156.38         0.00     12554.07     53155.08    124681.20
2000..............................     37461.44     21542.98         0.00     13757.38     27978.08    100739.88
2005..............................     36340.63     20579.84         0.00     15123.27     28561.78    100605.51
2010..............................     38294.96     19978.43         0.00     16131.17     29126.03    103530.60
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

B. Motor Vehicle Emissions Budgets

    These emission inventory updates define a VOC motor vehicle 
emissions budget and an NOX motor vehicle emissions budget. The 
emissions inventories in the Kansas and Missouri maintenance SIPs are 
combined to establish these budgets to be used in determining 
conformity of regional transportation plans and TIPs. Combined budgets 
are preferable for determining conformity in bistate air quality 
regions with a single MPO when emissions inventories are projected to 
remain consistent with maintenance of the ozone standard.
    Estimates of total VOC and NOX emissions in future years in 
the maintenance area are less than required to demonstrate maintenance 
of the ozone standard. In these circumstances, the Transportation 
Conformity rule permits the SIP to explicitly quantify the difference 
as a margin and include a portion of the margin in the motor vehicle 
emissions budget. These SIP revisions explicitly quantify the margin 
and explicitly assign a portion of the margin to the motor vehicle VOC 
and NOX emissions budgets for conformity purposes.
    Section 51.404 of the Transportation Conformity rule requires that 
regional transportation plans establish ``horizon years'' which 
envision a transportation system for certain future years, not more 
than 10 years apart. These SIP revisions define the horizon years for 
the Kansas City maintenance area to be 2000 and 2010. The motor vehicle 
VOC and NOX emissions budgets for these years are above the motor 
vehicle emissions inventory estimates for 2000 and 2010. This approach 
is designed to protect emissions growth throughout the entire 
maintenance period to the year 2010. The reader is referred to the 
states' submissions for the calculations used to determine the motor 
vehicle emissions budgets.
    The regional motor vehicle VOC and NOX emissions budgets, 
based on combining the inventories for the Missouri and Kansas portions 
of the air quality maintenance area, are as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Regional motor      Regional motor  
        Ozone  precursor          vehicle budget for  vehicle budget for
                                     the year 2000       the year 2010  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-Methane Hydrocarbons........  87548 kg/summer     82885 kg/summer   
                                   day.                day.             
Nitrogen Oxides.................  119889 kg/summer    120121 kg/summer  
                                   day.                day.             
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The motor vehicle emissions budgets were the subject of the 
interagency consultation process as required by Sec. 51.402 of the 
Transportation Conformity rule. The draft emissions inventories and 
motor vehicle emissions budgets were reviewed by a regional air quality 
policy advisory committee formed under the provisions of Sec. 174 of 
the Clean Air Act and the regional transportation policy committee, 
constituted in accordance with the Intermodal Surface Transportation 
Efficiency Act. They were published and made available for regional 
public review and comment.
    The Missouri portion of the emissions inventory update and motor 
vehicle emissions budget was adopted by the Missouri Air Conservation 
Commission, after proper notice and public hearing, on March 30, 1995. 
A public hearing for the Kansas portion of the emissions inventory 
update and motor vehicle emissions budget was held on May 8, 1995, and 
adopted by the Secretary of Health and Environment on May 11, 1995.
    Missouri and Kansas have submitted complete inventories containing 
point, area, biogenic, on-road, and nonroad mobile source data and 
accompanying documentation. The submittals provide adequate 
documentation on the emission estimation procedures and the data 
sources used to develop the inventory. The point and area source 
inventories are complete. Emissions for each source category were 
prepared or calculated according to the most current EPA guidance. The 
VMT development methods are adequately described and documented, and 
the most current EPA MOBILE model was correctly used to produce 
emission factors for each of the vehicle classes. Therefore, the 
submitted emission inventory updates meet current EPA guidance for the 
development of an approvable emissions inventory. EPA ACTION: By this 
action EPA grants full approval of the May 11, 1995, Kansas submittal 
and the April 12, 1995, submittal from the state of Missouri. These SIP 
revisions meet all of the requirements for an approvable emissions 
inventory update.
    The EPA is publishing this action without prior proposal because 
the Agency views this as a noncontroversial amendment and anticipates 
no adverse comments. However, in a separate document in the Federal 
Register publication, the EPA is proposing to approve the SIP revision 
should adverse or critical comments be filed.
    If the EPA receives such comments, this action will be withdrawn 
before the effective date by publishing a subsequent notice that will 
withdraw the final action. All public comments received will then be 
addressed in a subsequent final rule based on this action serving as a 
proposed rule. The EPA will not institute a second comment period on 
this action. Any parties interested in commenting on this action should 
do so at this time.
    Nothing in this action should be construed as permitting or 
allowing or establishing a precedent for any future request for 
revision to any SIP. Each request for revision to the SIP shall be 
considered separately in light of specific technical, economic, and 
environmental factors, and in relation to relevant statutory and 
regulatory requirements.
    Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 600 et. seq., EPA 
must prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis assessing the impact of 
any proposed or final rule on small entities (5 U.S.C. Secs. 603 and 
604). Alternatively, EPA may certify that the rule will not have a 
significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. Small 
entities

[[Page 18255]]

include small businesses, small not-for-profit enterprises, and 
government entities with jurisdiction over populations of less than 
50,000.
    SIP approvals under section 110 and subchapter I, Part D of the CAA 
do not create any new requirements, but simply approve requirements 
that the state is already imposing. Therefore, because the Federal SIP 
approval does not impose any new requirements, EPA certifies that it 
does not have a significant impact on any small entities affected. 
Moreover, due to the nature of the Federal-state relationship under the 
CAA, preparation of a regulatory flexibility analysis would constitute 
Federal inquiry into the economic reasonableness of state action. The 
CAA forbids EPA to base its actions concerning SIPs on such grounds 
(Union Electric Co. v. U.S. E.P.A., 427 U.S. 246, 256-66 (S.Ct. 1976); 
42 U.S.C. 7410(a)(2)).
    This action has been classified as a Table 3 action for signature 
by the Regional Administrator under the procedures published in the 
Federal Register on January 19, 1989 (54 FR 2214-2225), as revised by a 
July 10, 1995, memorandum from Mary Nichols, Assistant Administrator 
for Air and Radiation. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has 
exempted this regulatory action from E.O. 12866 review.
    Under sections 202, 203, and 205 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform 
Act of 1995 (``Unfunded Mandates Act''), signed into law on March 22, 
1995, EPA must undertake various actions in association with proposed 
or final rules that include a Federal mandate that may result in 
estimated costs of $100 million or more to the private sector, or to 
state, local, or tribal governments in the aggregate.
    Through submission of this SIP, the state has elected to adopt the 
program provided for under section 110 of the CAA. These rules may bind 
state and local governments to perform certain actions and also require 
the private sector to perform certain duties. To the extent that the 
rules being finalized for approval by this action will impose new 
requirements, sources are already subject to these regulations under 
state law. Accordingly, no additional costs to state or local 
governments, or to the private sector, result from this final action. 
EPA has also determined that this final action does not include a 
mandate that may result in estimated costs of $100 million or more to 
state or local governments in the aggregate or to the private sector. 
EPA has determined that these rules result in no additional costs to 
tribal government.
    Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review 
of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for 
the appropriate circuit by June 24, 1996. Filing a petition for 
reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect 
the finality of this rule for the purposes of judicial review, nor does 
it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be 
filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. 
This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its 
requirements. (See section 307(b)(2).)

List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 52

    Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Hydrocarbons, 
Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Ozone, 
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.

    Dated: February 9, 1996.
Dennis Grams,
Regional Administrator.

    Part 52, chapter I, title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations is 
amended as follows:

PART 52--[AMENDED]

    1. The authority citation for part 52 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.

Subpart R--Kansas

    2. Section 52.870 is amended by adding paragraph (c)(31) to read as 
follows:

Sec. 52.870  Identification of plan.

* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (31) On May 11, 1995, the Kansas Department of Health and 
Environment submitted an emissions inventory update to the Kansas City 
maintenance plan approved by EPA on June 23, 1992. The submittal also 
establishes a motor vehicle emissions budget for the purpose of 
fulfilling the requirements of the Federal Transportation Conformity 
rule.
    (i) Incorporation by reference.
    (A) Kansas City Ozone Maintenance State Implementation Plan 
Revision: Emissions Inventories and Motor Vehicle Emissions Budgets for 
the Kansas City Metropolitan Area, adopted on May 11, 1995.

Subpart AA--Missouri

    3. Section 52.1320 is amended by adding paragraph (c)(94) to read 
as follows:

Sec. 52.1320  Identification of plan.

* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (94) On April 12, 1995, the Missouri Department of Natural 
Resources submitted an emissions inventory update to the Kansas City 
maintenance plan approved by EPA on June 23, 1992. The submittal also 
establishes a motor vehicle emissions budget for the purpose of 
fulfilling the requirements of the Federal Transportation Conformity 
rule.
    (i) Incorporation by reference.
    (A) Kansas City Ozone Maintenance SIP Revisions: Emission 
Inventories and Motor Vehicle Emissions Budgets, adopted by the 
Missouri Air Conservation Commission on March 30, 1995.
[FR Doc. 96-10132 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10131 Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans; Ohio
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18255-18257]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10131]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Part 52

[OH21-2-7260; FRL-5450-5]

Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans; Ohio

AGENCY: United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA).

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: Pursuant to letter notice procedures described at 54 FR 2214 
(January 19, 1989), USEPA approved minor revisions to the Ohio State 
Implementation Plan (SIP) on October 31, 1995. This document describes 
the approved revisions and incorporates the relevant material into the 
Code of Federal Regulations. The SIP revisions are site-specific rules 
that are required as part of an effort to achieve the National Ambient 
Air Quality Standard (NAAQS) for ozone. The rules will benefit the 
environment and people who have asthma and other respiratory diseases 
by reducing volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions, a precursor to 
smog formation.

EFFECTIVE DATE: The effective date is April 25, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Copies of the State SIP revision request and USEPA's letter 
notice of approval are available for public inspection during normal 
business hours at the following locations:

United States Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, Air and 
Radiation Division, 77 West Jackson Boulevard (AR-18J), Chicago, 
Illinois 60604; and
Office of Air and Radiation Docket and Information Center (Air Docket 
6102), United States Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street, SW, 
Washington, DC, 20460.

[[Page 18256]]

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Fayette Bright, Regulation Development 
Section, Air Programs Branch (AR-18J), U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, Region 5, Chicago, Illinois 60604, (312) 886-6069.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The Ohio Environmental Protection Agency 
(OEPA) originally submitted a SIP revision request on June 7, 1993, 
which established VOC reasonably available control technology (RACT) 
requirements for the facilities not covered by a control technique 
guideline (CTG). VOC RACT requirements were established for the 
following non-CTG sources 1:

    \1\ The USEPA issued three sets of control technique guidelines 
documents which established a ``presumptive norm'' for RACT for 
various categories of VOC sources. Sources not covered by a CTG were 
called non-CTG sources.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

AK Steel Corporation (Armco Steel Company)
B.F. Goodrich Company--Akron Chemical Plant
Chevron U.S.A. Incorporated
Cincinnati Specialties Incorporated
Day-Glo Color Corporation
Firestone Synthetic Rubber and Latex Company
Formica Corporation
Goodyear Tire and Rubber Company--Akron Polymer
Goodyear Tire and Rubber Company--Plant C
International Paper Company
Lubrizol Corporation
Midwest Mica and Insulation Company
Morton International Incorporated
PPG Industries Incorporated
Reilly Industries Incorporated
Ritrama Duramark
Sprayon Products Incorporated
Steelcraft Manufacturing Company
Zeneca (ICI Americas, Perry)

    USEPA considered the State's request a minor SIP revision request. 
In response to USEPA comments on the request, the State submitted 
revisions to the original submittal on February 17, 1995, and August 
22, 1995. The first revision submitted by the State included revised 
rules and permit requirements (implemented through Findings and Orders 
issued to the facilities) for a number of the facilities which 
established site-specific non-CTG VOC RACT regulations. The first 
revision did not, however, establish requirements for all of the non-
CTG facilities and some of the revised rules contained deficiencies. 
Therefore, the State submmitted a second revision on August 22, 1995, 
correcting these deficiencies and establishing requirements for the 
remaining non-CTG facilities.
    On October 31, 1995, USEPA approved the SIP revision requests under 
Section 110(k) of the Clean Air Act (CAA) by notifying the affected 
facilities and the OEPA by letter that USEPA was approving the SIP 
revisions.2 The SIP revisions became final and effective on that 
date. USEPA has determined that these SIP revisions satisfy 
requirements for RACT for the non-CTG facilities and comply with all 
other applicable requirements of the CAA and USEPA policy and 
regulations concerning such revisions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \2\ Notice of the proposed approval of these SIP revisions was 
published in the Federal Register on July 10, 1995. Due to the minor 
nature of these revisions, USEPA concluded that conducting the usual 
notice-and-comment rulemaking prior to approving the revisions would 
have been ``unnecessary and contrary to public interest,'' and 
therefore was not required by the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 
U.S.C. Section 553(b). USEPA therefore sent notice of the approval 
by letter to the affected facilities and the OEPA in accordance with 
the procedure described in a January 30, 1989, memorandum from 
USEPA's Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards to the Regional 
Air Division Directors entitled ``Procedures for Letter Notice 
Approval of Minor SIP Actions.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The October 31, 1995, letter notice approvals, in conjunction with 
rule approvals published in the Federal Register on March 23, 1995 (60 
FR 15235), correct all VOC RACT deficiencies cited in the action 
published May 9, 1994 (59 FR 23796). In the May 9, 1994, rulemaking 
action and the September 23, 1993, proposed rulemaking action (58 FR 
49458), the rule deficiencies are described. The March 23, 1995, 
rulemaking describes how the deficiencies are remedied. The 
deficiencies for Canton, Youngstown, Toledo, and Dayton and some of the 
deficiencies for Cleveland and Cincinnati were found to be remedied 
when USEPA took final rulemaking action approving revisions to VOC RACT 
regulations for those areas. (See 60 FR 15235, March 23, 1995).
    Clocks imposing sanctions on Canton, Youngstown, Toledo, Dayton, 
Cleveland, and Cincinnati were started as a result of the May 9, 1994, 
rulemaking action on VOC RACT described above. In order to stop the 
clocks, Ohio had to correct the VOC RACT deficiencies and have them 
approved into the SIP by USEPA November 9, 1995. The rule approvals 
published March 23, 1995, stopped the sanctions clocks for Canton, 
Youngstown, Toledo, and Dayton. The same March 23, 1995, rule approval 
corrected a number of the rule deficiencies for the Cleveland and 
Cincinnati areas. The remaining deficiencies were corrected by the 
October 31, 1995, letter notices and stopped the VOC RACT sanctions 
clocks for those areas.
    Nothing in this action should be construed as permitting, allowing 
or establishing a precedent for any future request for revision to any 
SIP. USEPA shall consider each request for revision to the SIP in light 
of specific technical, economic, and environmental factors and in 
relation to relevant statutory and regulatory requirements.
    This action has been classified as a Table 3 action for signature 
by the Regional Administrator under the procedures published in the 
Federal Register on January 19, 1989 (54 FR 2214-2225), as revised by a 
July 10, 1995, memorandum from Mary Nichols, Assistant Administrator 
for Air and Radiation. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has 
exempted this regulatory action from Executive Order 12866 review.
    Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 600 et seq., USEPA 
must prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis assessing the impact of 
any proposed or final rule on small entities. (5 U.S.C. 603 and 604.) 
Alternatively, USEPA may certify that the rule will not have a 
significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. Small 
entities include small businesses, small not-for-profit enterprises, 
and government entities with jurisdiction over populations of less than 
50,000.
    SIP approvals under section 110 and subchapter I, Part D of the Act 
do not create any new requirements, but simply approve requirements 
that the State is already imposing. Therefore, because the federal SIP 
approval does not impose any new requirements, I certify that it does 
not have a significant impact on any small entities affected. Moreover, 
due to the nature of the Federal-State relationship under the Act, 
preparation of a regulatory flexibility analysis would constitute 
federal inquiry into the economic reasonableness of state action. The 
Act forbids USEPA to base its actions concerning SIPs on such grounds. 
Union Electric Co. v. USEPA, 427 U.S. 246, 256-66 (S.Ct. 1976); 42 
U.S.C. 7410(a)(2).
    Under Sections 202, 203, and 205 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform 
Act of 1995, signed into law on March 22, 1995, USEPA must undertake 
various actions in association with proposed or final rules that 
include a Federal mandate that may result in estimated costs of $100 
million or more to the private sector, or to State, local, or tribal 
governments in the aggregate.
    Through submission of the state implementation plan or plan 
revisions approved in this action, the State has elected to adopt the 
program provided for under section 110 of the Clean Air Act. The rules 
and commitments being approved in this action may bind State,

[[Page 18257]]

local and tribal governments to perform certain actions and also may 
ultimately lead to the private sector being required to perform certain 
duties. To the extent that the rules and commitments being approved by 
this action will impose or lead to the imposition of any mandate upon 
the State, local or tribal governments either as the owner or operator 
of a source or as a regulator, or would impose or lead to the 
imposition of any mandate upon the private sector, EPA's action will 
impose no new requirements; such sources are already subject to these 
requirements under State law. Accordingly, no additional costs to 
State, local, or tribal governments, or to the private sector, result 
from this action. The USEPA has also determined that this action does 
not include a mandate that may result in estimated costs of $100 
million or more to State, local, or tribal governments in the aggregate 
or to the private sector.
    Under Section 307(b)(1) of the Act, as amended, judicial review of 
this action is available only by filing a petition for review in the 
United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by June 24, 
1996. The action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce 
their requirements. See section 307(b)(2).

List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 52

    Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by 
reference, Intergovernmental relations, Ozone, Reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.

    Dated: February 29, 1996.
Valdas V. Adamkus,
Regional Administrator.

    Part 52, chapter I, title 40, of the Code of Federal Regulations is 
amended to read as follows:

PART 52--[AMENDED]

    1. The authority citation for part 52 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.

Subpart KK--Ohio

    2. Section 52.1870 is amended by adding paragraph (c)(102) to read 
as follows:

Sec. 52.1870  Identification of plan.

* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (102) On June 7, 1993, and February 17, 1995, the Ohio 
Environmental Protection Agency (OEPA) submitted revisions to the State 
Implementation Plan (SIP) for ozone. The revisions include 19 new non-
Control Technique Guideline volatile organic compound (VOC) rules, 
Findings and Orders for 5 companies, and two permits to install.
    (i) Incorporation by reference.
    (A) OEPA OAC Rule 3745-21-01, Definitions, Paragraphs (Q); (T); 
effective January 17, 1995.
    (B) OEPA OAC Rule 3745-21-04, Attainment Dates and Compliance Time 
Schedules, Paragraphs (C)(40); (C)(41); (C)(46); (C)(48); (C)(49); 
(C)(50); (C)(51); (C)(53); (C)(54); (C)(59); (C)(60); (C)(61); (C)(62); 
effective January 17, 1995.
    (C) OEPA OAC Rule 3745-21-09, Control of Emissions of Volatile 
Organic Compounds from Stationary Sources, Paragraphs (FF), (GG), (HH), 
(II), (JJ), (KK), (LL), (MM), (NN), (OO), (PP), (QQ), (SS), (TT), (YY), 
(ZZ), (AAA); (BBB); effective January 17, 1995.
    (D) Director's Final Findings and Orders for AK Steel Corporation 
(Middletown), International Paper Company (Cincinnati), Midwest Mica & 
Insulation Company (Cleveland), Reilly Industries, Inc. (Cleveland), 
and Sprayon Products, Inc. (Bedford Heights), Issued by Ohio 
Environmental Protection Agency on August 18, 1995.
    (E) Permit to Install, Application Number 13-2396, for Excello 
Specialty Company, APS Premise Number 1318607686. The date of issuance 
is December 11, 1991.
    (F) Permit to Install, Application Number 14-2096, for Hilton Davis 
Company, APS Premise Number 1431070039. The date of issuance is June 
12, 1991.
* * * * *
[FR Doc. 96-10131 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10129 Approval and Promulgation of State Implementation Plan; Wisconsin; Industrial Adhesives SIP Revision
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18257-18259]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10129]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Part 52

[WI68-01-7294a; FRL-5461-7]

Approval and Promulgation of State Implementation Plan; 
Wisconsin; Industrial Adhesives SIP Revision

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

ACTION: Direct final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The EPA approves a revision to the Wisconsin State 
Implementation Plan (SIP) for ozone that was submitted on December 12, 
1995, and later supplemented on January 12, 1996. This revision 
requires the control of volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions from 
facilities that utilize industrial adhesives. This submittal was made 
to satisfy the requirement of the 1990 Clean Air Act (CAA) that all 
major VOC sources in moderate, or worse, ozone nonattainment areas have 
Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT) applied to them. This 
regulation will also be used to generate reductions in VOC emissions, 
which the State will use to fulfill the CAA requirement to reduce VOC 
emissions by at least 15 percent from the 1990 baseline emissions. In 
the proposed rules section of this Federal Register, the EPA is 
proposing approval of, and soliciting comments on, this requested SIP 
revision. If adverse comments are received on this action, the EPA will 
withdraw this final rule and address the comments received in response 
to this action in a final rule on the related proposed rule, which is 
being published in the proposed rules section of this Federal Register. 
A second public comment period will not be held. Parties interested in 
commenting on this action should do so at this time. This approval 
makes federally enforceable the State's rule that has been incorporated 
by reference.

DATES: The ``direct final'' is effective on June 24, 1996, unless EPA 
receives adverse or critical comments by May 28, 1996. If the effective 
date is delayed, timely notice will be published in the Federal 
Register.

ADDRESSES: Written comments should be sent to: Carlton T. Nash, Chief, 
Regulation Development Section, Air Programs Branch (AR-18J), U.S. EPA, 
77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604.
    Copies of the proposed SIP revision and EPA's analysis are 
available for inspection at the U.S. EPA, Region 5, Air and Radiation 
Division, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604. (Please 
telephone Douglas Aburano at (312) 353-6960 before visiting the Region 
5 Office.)

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Douglas Aburano, Environmental 
Engineer, Regulation Development Section, Air Programs Branch (AR-18J), 
U.S. EPA , Region 5, Chicago, Illinois 60604, (312) 353-6960.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

I. Background

    Section 182(b) of the CAA sets forth the requirements for ozone 
nonattainment areas which have been classified as moderate or above. 
Section 182(b)(1)(A) requires those States with ozone nonattainment 
areas classified as moderate or above to submit plans to reduce VOC 
emissions by at least 15 percent from the 1990 baseline emissions. The 
1990 baseline, as described by EPA's emission inventory guidance, is 
the amount of anthropogenic VOC emissions emitted on a typical summer 
day.

[[Page 18258]]

    Section 182(b)(2) of the CAA requires States to adopt RACT rules 
for all areas designated nonattainment for ozone and classified as 
moderate or above for both sources covered by Control Technology 
Guidance (CTG) documents issued by EPA and all major sources not 
covered by a CTG document. The EPA has not issued a CTG document for 
this source category.
    To fulfill the RACT requirement, and as a part of its 15 percent 
plan, the State of Wisconsin has developed and adopted a rule to reduce 
the VOC emissions from the use of industrial adhesives operations in 
those areas of the State that are classified as moderate or higher. 
These areas are the counties of Kenosha, Kewaunee, Manitowoc, 
Milwaukee, Ozaukee, Racine, Sheboygan, Washington, and Waukesha.

II. Evaluation of State Submittal

    On November 15, 1993, the State of Wisconsin submitted its proposed 
15 percent plan. The 15 percent plan submittal was followed by several 
submittals that contain regulations that will achieve the reductions 
required by the 15 percent plan. On December 12, 1995, Wisconsin 
submitted its industrial adhesives rule, which was later supplemented 
on January 12, 1996, as part of its 15 percent plan. The industrial 
adhesives portion of the 15 percent plan was found complete in a letter 
to Don Theiler, Director of the Wisconsin Department of Natural 
Resources' (WDNR) Bureau of Air Management, dated February 7, 1996. The 
WDNR followed the required legal procedures for adopting this rule that 
are the prerequisites for EPA to consider in approving this rule as 
part of Wisconsin's federally enforceable SIP. The WDNR held two public 
hearings for this rule on February 1, 1995 and submitted this rule to 
the EPA as a SIP revision under signature of the Governor's designee.
    In developing the control requirements for this source category, 
WDNR developed the rule with input from affected facilities, adhesive 
suppliers, small business organizations and other state agencies. 
Wisconsin's rule, NR 422.127, reduces the VOC emissions from the 
affected sources by limiting the VOC content of the adhesives used or 
by requiring a minimum solids contents in the adhesives used.
    In addition to recordkeeping requirements that apply generally to 
VOC sources, facilities that are affected by the coating limits found 
in this rule must keep records of the following:
    1. A unique name of identification number for each adhesive and 
adhesive primer used.
    2. The VOC content of each adhesive and adhesive primer, as 
applied, in units of kilograms per liter (pounds per gallon), excluding 
water.
    3. The percent solids by weight in each adhesive or adhesive 
primer, as applied.
    Other facilities that are not affected by the limits of this rule 
due to low-use exemptions must keep records indicating that the 
exemption threshold is not breached. If a facility goes above the 
exemption threshold, it must comply with the limits of this rule.
    A more detailed analysis of the State's submittal is contained in a 
technical support document, which is available at the Regional Office 
listed above. In determining the approvability of this VOC rule, EPA 
evaluated the rule for consistency with Federal requirements, including 
section 110 and part D of the Clean Air Act.

III. Final Rulemaking Action

    The EPA approves Wisconsin's industrial adhesives rule as being 
RACT for this source category thereby making this rule federally 
enforceable.
    Because EPA considers this action noncontroversial and routine, we 
are approving it without prior proposal. This action will become 
effective on June 24, 1996. However, if we receive adverse comments by 
May 28, 1996, EPA will publish a document that withdraws this action.

IV. Miscellaneous

A. Applicability to Future SIP Decisions

    Nothing in this action should be construed as permitting, allowing 
or establishing a precedent for any future request for revision to any 
SIP. The EPA shall consider each request for revision to the SIP in 
light of specific technical, economic, and environmental factors and in 
relation to relevant statutory and regulatory requirements.

B. Executive Order 12866

    This action has been classified as a Table 3 action for signature 
by the Regional Administrator under the procedures published in the 
Federal Register on January 19, 1989 (54 FR 2214), as revised by a July 
10, 1995 memorandum from Mary Nichols, Assistant Administrator for Air 
and Radiation. The Office of Management and Budget has exempted this 
regulatory action from E.O. 12866 review.

C. Regulatory Flexibility

    Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 600 et seq., EPA 
must prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis assessing the impact of 
any proposed or final rule on small entities (5 U.S.C. 603 and 604). 
Alternatively, EPA may certify that the rule will not have a 
significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. Small 
entities include small businesses, small not for-profit enterprises, 
and government entities with jurisdiction over populations of less than 
50,000.
    This approval does not create any new requirements. Therefore, I 
certify that this action does not have a significant impact on any 
small entities affected. Moreover, due to the nature of the Federal-
State relationship under the Act, preparation of the regulatory 
flexibility analysis would constitute Federal inquiry into the economic 
reasonableness of the State action. The Act forbids EPA to base its 
actions concerning SIPs on such grounds. Union Electric Co. v. U.S. 
EPA, 427 U.S. 246, 256-66 (1976).

D. Unfunded Mandates

    Under Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 
(``Unfunded Mandates Act''), signed into law on March 22, 1995, the EPA 
must prepare a budgetary impact statement to accompany any proposed or 
final rule that includes a Federal mandate that may result in estimated 
costs to State, local, or tribal governments in the aggregate; or to 
the private sector, of $100 million or more. Under Section 205, the EPA 
must select the most cost-effective and least burdensome alternative 
that achieves the objectives of the rule and is consistent with 
statutory requirements. Section 203 requires the EPA to establish a 
plan for informing and advising any small governments that may be 
significantly or uniquely impacted by the rule.
    The EPA has determined that the approval action promulgated today 
does not include a Federal mandate that may result in estimated costs 
of $100 million or more to either State, local, or tribal governments 
in the aggregate, or to the private sector.
    This Federal action approves pre-existing requirements under State 
or local law, and imposes no new Federal requirements. Accordingly, no 
additional costs to State, local, or tribal governments, or the private 
sector, result from this action.

E. Petitions for Judicial Review

    Under Section 307(b)(1) of the Act, petitions for judicial review 
of this

[[Page 18259]]

action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the 
appropriate circuit by June 24, 1996. Filing a petition for 
reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect 
the finality of this rule for the purposes of judicial review, nor does 
it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be 
filed and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. 
This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its 
requirements (See Section 307(b)(2)).

List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 52

    Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Hydrocarbons, 
Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Ozone, 
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

    Dated: April 5, 1996.
Valdas V. Adamkus,
Regional Administrator.

    For the reasons stated in the preamble, part 52, chapter I, title 
40 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:

PART 52--[AMENDED]

    1. The authority citation for part 52 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.

Subpart YY--Wisconsin

    2. Section 52.2570 is amended by adding paragraph (c)(93) to read 
as follows:

Sec. 52.2570  Identification of plan.

* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (93) A revision to the ozone State Implementation Plan (SIP) was 
submitted by the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources on December 
11, 1995 and later supplemented on January 12, 1996. This revision 
consists of a volatile organic compound regulation that establishes 
reasonably available control technology for facilities that use 
industrial adhesives.
    (i) Incorporation by reference. The following sections of the 
Wisconsin Administrative Code are incorporated by reference.
    (A) NR 422.02(1e), (1m) and (28j) as created and published in the 
(Wisconsin) Register, August, 1995, No. 476, effective September 1, 
1995.
    (B) NR 422.127 as created and published in the (Wisconsin) 
Register, August, 1995, No. 476, effective September 1, 1995.
    (C) NR 422.132(1)(c) as repealed, recreated and published in the 
(Wisconsin) Register, August, 1995, No. 476, effective September 1, 
1995.

[FR Doc. 96-10129 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10127 Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans, Florida: Approval of Revisions to the Florida SIP
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18259-18260]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10127]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Part 52

[FL-64-2-9611a; FRL-5444-4]

Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans, Florida: 
Approval of Revisions to the Florida SIP

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

ACTION: Direct final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: EPA is approving revisions to the Florida State Implementation 
Plan (SIP) submitted by the State of Florida through the Florida 
Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) on April 24, 1995. This 
submittal includes amendments to the federally enforceable state 
operating permit program and the SIP regulations for perchloroethylene 
dry cleaning facilities.

DATES: This final rule will be effective June 24, 1996 unless adverse 
or critical comments are received by May 28, 1996. If the effective 
date is delayed, timely notice will be published in the Federal 
Register.

ADDRESSES: Written comments on this action should be addressed to Joey 
LeVasseur, at the EPA Regional Office listed below. Copies of the 
documents relative to this action are available for public inspection 
during normal business hours at the following locations.

Air and Radiation Docket and Information Center (Air Docket 6102), U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street SW., Washington, DC 
20460.
EPA, Region 4 Air Programs Branch, 345 Courtland Street NE., Atlanta, 
Georgia 30365.
Florida Department of Environmental Protection, Twin Towers Office 
Building, 2600 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399-2400.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Interested persons wanting to examine 
documents relative to this action should make an appointment with the 
Region 4 Air Programs Branch at least 24 hours before the visiting day. 
To schedule the appointment or to request additional information, 
contact Joey LeVasseur, Regulatory Planning and Development Section, 
Air Programs Branch, Air, Pesticides & Toxics Management Division, 
Region 4 EPA, 345 Courtland Street, NE., Atlanta, Georgia 30365. The 
telephone number is 404/347-3555 ext. 4215. Reference file FL64-2-
9611a.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: EPA is approving revisions to the Florida 
SIP submitted by the State of Florida through the FDEP on April 24, 
1995. These revisions amend the federally enforceable state operating 
permit program and the SIP regulations for perchloroethylene dry 
cleaning facilities. The following is a description of the revisions. 
The regulations are more fully discussed in the official SIP submittal 
that is available at the Region IV office listed under the ADDRESSES 
section of this notice.

62-210.200 and 62.296.200

    These sections were updated to include ``emission control 
equipment'' within the definition of ``dry cleaning facility,'' for 
consistency with the definitions and requirements of the Title V 
program.

62-210.300(2)(b)

    This section previously was unclear and was revised to clarify the 
requirements for federally enforceable state operating permits 
(FESOPs).

62-210.300(4)

    This section was revised to provide a temporary exemption to area 
source dry cleaning facilities from the State's minor source 
preconstruction review requirements.

62-296.412

    This section was revised to update the applicable requirements for 
perchloroethylene dry cleaning facilities. The amendments make it clear 
that perchloroethylene facilities which have not yet been permitted 
under Title V continue to be subject to the requirements of this 
section in the interim.

Final Action

    In this action, EPA is approving the revision to the SIP submitted 
by the State of Florida through the FDEP on April 24, 1995. The EPA is 
publishing this rule making without a prior proposal for approval 
because the Agency views this as a noncontroversial amendment and 
anticipates no adverse comments. However, in a separate document in 
this Federal Register publication, the EPA is proposing to approve the 
SIP revision should adverse or critical comments be filed. This action 
will be effective June 24, 1996 unless, within 30 days of its 
publication, adverse or critical comments are received.
    If the EPA receives such comments, this action will be withdrawn 
before the

[[Page 18260]]

effective date by publishing a subsequent document that will withdraw 
the final action. All public comments received will then be addressed 
in a subsequent final rule based on the separate proposed rule. The EPA 
will not institute a second comment period on this action. Any parties 
interested in commenting on this action should do so at this time. If 
no such comments are received, the public is advised that this action 
will be effective June 24, 1996.
    Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act (CAA), 42 U.S.C. 
7607(b)(1), petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed 
in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by 
June 24, 1996. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the 
Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this 
rule for purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within 
which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not 
postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not 
be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements. (See 
section 307(b)(2) of the CAA, 42 U.S.C. 7607(b)(2).)
    This action has been classified as a Table 3 action for signature 
by the Regional Administrator under the procedures published in the 
Federal Register on January 19, 1989 (54 FR 2214-2225), as revised by a 
July 10, 1995 memorandum from Mary Nichols, Assistant Administrator for 
Air and Radiation. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has 
exempted this regulatory action from E.O. 12866 review.
    Nothing in this action shall be construed as permitting or allowing 
or establishing a precedent for any future request for a revision to 
any state implementation plan. Each request for revision to the state 
implementation plan shall be considered separately in light of specific 
technical, economic, and environmental factors and in relation to 
relevant statutory and regulatory requirements.
    Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 600 et seq., EPA 
must prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis assessing the impact of 
any proposed or final rule on small entities. 5 U.S.C. 603 and 604. 
Alternatively, EPA may certify that the rule will not have a 
significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. Small 
entities include small businesses, small not-for-profit enterprises, 
and government entities with jurisdiction over populations of less than 
50,000.
    SIP approvals under section 110 and subchapter I, part D of the CAA 
do not create any new requirements, but simply approve requirements 
that the State is already imposing. Therefore, because the Federal SIP-
approval does not impose any new requirements, I certify that it does 
not have a significant impact on any small entities affected. Moreover, 
due to the nature of the Federal-state relationship under the CAA, 
preparation of a regulatory flexibility analysis would constitute 
Federal inquiry into the economic reasonableness of state action. The 
CAA forbids EPA to base its actions concerning SIPs on such grounds. 
Union Electric Co. v. U.S. E.P.A., 427 U.S. 246, 256-66 (S.Ct. 1976); 
42 U.S.C. section 7410(a)(2) and 7410(k)(3).

Unfunded Mandates

    Under Sections 202, 203, and 205 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform 
Act of 1995 (``Unfunded Mandates Act''), signed into law on March 22, 
1995, EPA must undertake various actions in association with proposed 
or final rules that include a Federal mandate that may result in 
estimated costs of $100 million or more to the private sector, or to 
State, local, or tribal governments in the aggregate.
    Through submission of this state implementation plan or plan 
revision, the State and any affected local or tribal governments have 
elected to adopt the program provided for under Section 110 of the CAA. 
These rules may bind State, local and tribal governments to perform 
certain actions and also require the private sector to perform certain 
duties. EPA has examined whether the rules being approved by this 
action will impose no new requirements, since such sources are already 
subject to these regulations under State law. Accordingly, no 
additional costs to State, local, or tribal governments, or to the 
private sector, result from this action, and therefore there will be no 
significant impact on a substantial number of small entities.

List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 52

    Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Hydrocarbons, 
Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen 
dioxide, Ozone, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

    Dated: January 29, 1996.
Phyllis P. Harris,
Acting Regional Administrator.

    Part 52 of chapter I, title 40, Code of Federal Regulations, is 
amended as follows:

PART 52--[AMENDED]

    1. The authority citation for part 52 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.

Subpart K--Florida

    2. Section 52.520, is amended by adding paragraph (c)(94) to read 
as follows:

Sec. 52.520  Identification of plan.

* * * * *
    (c) * * *
    (94) Revisions to the Florida SIP regarding perchloroethylene dry 
cleaning facilities submitted on April 24, 1995.
    (i) Incorporation by reference.
    Sections 62-210.200(17) and (48)(c); 62-210.300(2)(b) and (4); 62-
296.200(58); and 62-296.412 of the F.A.C., effective April 18, 1995.
    (ii) Other material. None.

[FR Doc. 96-10127 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10121 Incentive Grant Criteria for Alcohol Traffic Safety Programs
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18247-18248]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10121]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY COMMISSION
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration

23 CFR Part 1309

[NHTSA Docket No. 82-18; Notice 14]
RIN 2127-AG22

Incentive Grant Criteria for Alcohol Traffic Safety Programs

AGENCY: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), 
Department of Transportation (DOT).

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This final rule removes Part 1309 from title 23 of the Code of 
Federal Regulations (CFR). Part 1309 established criteria for awarding 
incentive grants to States that implemented effective programs to 
reduce drunk driving and driving under the influence of a controlled 
substance, in accordance with section 408 of title 23, United States 
Code. The regulation is being removed because it is unnecessary and 
obsolete. Funds for the section 408 program have not been authorized 
since FY 1994.

EFFECTIVE DATE: May 28, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ms. Marlene Markison, Office of State 
and Community Services, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
400 7th Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590, telephone (202) 366-2121; or 
Ms. Heidi L. Coleman, Office of Chief Counsel, Room 5219, National 
Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street, SW., 
Washington, DC 20590, telephone (202) 366-1834.

[[Page 18248]]

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On March 4, 1995, President Clinton directed 
all Federal Departments and agencies to take four steps to overhaul the 
nation's regulatory system. The first step was to conduct a page-by-
page review of all agency regulations now in force and eliminate or 
revise those that are outdated or otherwise in need of reform. The 
review was to include careful consideration of a number of issues, 
including whether the regulation is obsolete, whether its intended goal 
can be achieved in more efficient less intrusive ways, or whether 
States or local governments can do the job (making Federal regulation 
unnecessary).
    NHTSA conducted a thorough, page-by-page review of all agency 
regulations, including those that pertain to State and community 
highway safety programs.
    As a result of these efforts, NHTSA has determined that Part 1309 
should be removed from title 23 of the Code of Federal Regulations 
(CFR), because it is unnecessary and obsolete.
    Part 1309 established criteria for awarding incentive grants to 
States that implemented effective programs to reduce drunk driving and 
driving under the influence of a controlled substance, in accordance 
with 23 U.S.C. 408. Part 1309 was first published in the Federal 
Register, as 23 CFR Part 1209, on February 7, 1983 (48 FR 5545). It was 
amended and redesignated as 23 CFR Part 1309 on June 19, 1986 (51 FR 
22276). It was further amended on July 22, 1987 (52 FR 27614), May 18, 
1988 (53 FR 17692) and August 25, 1988 (53 FR 32375).
    Funds for the section 408 program have not been authorized since FY 
1994. Because the regulation implements a program which is no longer 
active, and currently appears in the CFR among regulations that 
implement programs that continue to be active, its removal will avoid 
confusion for potential grant applicants. States that have remaining 
section 408 balances must expend their funds in accordance with 23 
U.S.C. 408, OMB Circular A-87, other applicable grant funding policies 
(for current policies, States should consult the NHTSA/FHWA Highway 
Safety Grant Management Manual) and the agreements the States entered 
with NHTSA when they received their funds.

Rulemaking Analyses and Notices

(a) Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory Planning and Review) and DOT 
Regulatory Policies and Procedures

    NHTSA has considered the impact of this rulemaking action under 
E.O. 12866 and the Department of Transportation's regulatory policies 
and procedures. This rulemaking document was not reviewed under E.O. 
12866, ``Regulatory Planning and Review.'' This action has been 
determined to be not ``significant'' under the Department of 
Transportation's regulatory policies and procedures.

(b) Regulatory Flexibility Act

    In compliance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act (Pub. L. 96-354, 
5 U.S.C. 601-612), the agency has evaluated the effects of this rule on 
small entities. Based on the evaluation, the agency hereby certifies 
that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a 
substantial number of small entities. Accordingly, the preparation of a 
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis is unnecessary.

(c) Executive Order 12612 (Federalism Assessment)

    This action has been analyzed in accordance with the principles and 
criteria contained in Executive Order 12612, and it has been determined 
that this action does not have sufficient federalism implications to 
warrant the preparation of a federalism assessment.

(d) Paperwork Reduction Act

    This action does not contain a collection of information 
requirement for purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980, 44 
U.S.C. 3501 et seq.

(e) National Environmental Policy Act

    The agency has analyzed this action for the purpose of the National 
Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and has 
determined that this action would not have any effect on the quality of 
the environment.

(f) Executive Order 12778 (Civil Justice Reform)

    This amendment to the regulation does not have any preemptive or 
retroactive effect. It imposes no requirements on the States, but 
rather simply removes from the regulation outdated and obsolete 
provisions that no longer apply. The enabling legislation does not 
establish a procedure for judicial review of final rules promulgated 
under its provisions. There is no requirement that individuals submit a 
petition for reconsideration or other administrative proceedings before 
they may file suit in court.

Notice and Comment

    Because the amendments relate to a grant program and are therefore 
not covered by the Administrative Procedure Act, and since they merely 
contain technical changes that remove outdated and obsolete provisions 
from the regulation and do not impose any additional requirements, the 
amendments are being made without prior notice and opportunity to 
comment.

List of Subjects in 23 CFR Part 1309

    Alcohol abuse, Drug abuse, Grant programs--transportation, Highway 
safety.

    Under the authority of 49 CFR Part 1.50, Title 23 of the Code of 
Federal Regulations is amended by removing Part 1309.

    Issued on: April 19, 1996.
Ricardo Martinez,
Administrator, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.
[FR Doc. 96-10121 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-59-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10102 Alabama; Final Authorization of Revisions to State Hazardous Waste Management Program
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18281-18284]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10102]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Part 271

[FRL-5459-2]

Alabama; Final Authorization of Revisions to State Hazardous 
Waste Management Program

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency.

ACTION: Immediate final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: Alabama has applied for final authorization of revisions to 
its hazardous waste program under the Resource Conservation and 
Recovery Act (RCRA). Alabama's revisions consist of Section B 
``Corrective Action Beyond Facility Boundary'' and Section C 
``Corrective Action for Injection Wells'' of the HSWA Codification Rule 
in HSWA Cluster II, ``Burning of Hazardous Waste in Boilers and 
Industrial Furnaces Corrections and Technical Amendment'', ``Burning of 
Hazardous Waste in Boilers and Industrial Furnaces Technical Amendment 
II'', and ``Boilers and Industrial Furnaces; Administrative Stay for 
Coke Ovens'' which are provisions in RCRA Cluster II and ``Corrective 
Action Management Units and Temporary Units'' (CAMU), a RCRA Cluster 
III provision. These requirements are listed in Section B of this 
notice. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has reviewed 
Alabama's applications and has made a decision, subject to public 
review and comment, that Alabama's hazardous waste program revisions 
satisfy all of the requirements necessary to qualify for final 
authorization. Thus, EPA intends to approve Alabama's hazardous waste 
program revisions. Alabama's applications for program revisions are 
available for public review and comment.
DATES: Final authorization for Alabama's program revisions shall be 
effective June 24, 1996 unless EPA publishes a prior Federal Register 
action withdrawing this immediate final rule. All comments on Alabama's 
program revision applications must be received by the close of 
business, May 28, 1996.
ADDRESSES: Copies of Alabama's program revision applications are 
available during 8:00 am to 4:30 pm at the following addresses for 
inspection and copying: Alabama Department of Environmental Management, 
1751 Congressman W. L. Dickinson Drive, Montgomery, Alabama 36109-2608, 
(334) 271-7700; U.S. EPA, Region 4, Library, 345 Courtland Street, NE, 
Atlanta, Georgia 30365; (404) 347-4216. Written comments should be sent 
to Al Hanke at the address listed below.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Al Hanke, Chief, State Programs 
Section, Waste Programs Branch, Waste Management Division, U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency, 345 Courtland Street, NE, Atlanta, 
Georgia 30365; (404) 347-2234 vmx 2018.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

A. Background

    States with final authorization under Section 3006(b) of the 
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (``RCRA'' or ``the Act''), 42 
U.S.C. 6926(b), have a continuing obligation to maintain a hazardous 
waste program that is equivalent to, consistent with, and no less 
stringent than the Federal hazardous waste program. In addition, as an 
interim measure, the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984 
(Public Law 98-616, November 8, 1984, hereinafter ``HSWA'') allows 
States to revise their programs to become substantially equivalent 
instead of equivalent to RCRA requirements promulgated under HSWA 
authority. States exercising the latter option receive ``interim 
authorization'' for the HSWA requirements under Section

[[Page 18282]]

3006(g) of RCRA, 42 U.S.C. 6926(g), and later apply for final 
authorization for the HSWA requirements. Revisions to State hazardous 
waste programs are necessary when Federal or State statutory or 
regulatory authority is modified or when certain other changes occur. 
Most commonly, State program revisions are necessitated by changes to 
EPA's regulations in 40 CFR Parts 260-268 and 124 and 270.

B. Alabama

    Alabama initially received final authorization for its base RCRA 
program effective on December 22, 1987. Alabama received authorization 
for revisions to its program on January 28, 1992, July 12, 1992, 
December 21, 1992, May 17, 1993, November 23, 1993, April 4, 1994, 
January 13, 1995 and October 13, 1995. On July 1, 1991, and June 25, 
1993, Alabama submitted program revision applications for additional 
program approvals. Today, Alabama is seeking approval of its program 
revisions in accordance with 40 CFR 271.21(b)(3).
    EPA has reviewed Alabama's applications and has made an immediate 
final decision that Alabama's hazardous waste program revisions satisfy 
all of the requirements necessary to qualify for final authorization. 
Consequently, EPA intends to grant final authorization for the 
additional program modifications to Alabama. The public may submit 
written comments on EPA's immediate final decision up until May 28, 
1996.
    Copies of Alabama's applications for these program revisions are 
available for inspection and copying at the locations indicated in the 
``Addresses'' section of this notice. Approval of Alabama's program 
revisions shall become effective June 24, 1996, unless an adverse 
comment pertaining to the State's revisions discussed in this notice is 
received by the end of the comment period.
    If an adverse comment is received EPA will publish either (1) a 
withdrawal of the immediate final decision or (2) a notice containing a 
response to comments which either affirms that the immediate final 
decision takes effect or reverses the decision.
    EPA shall administer any RCRA hazardous waste permits, or portions 
of permits that contain conditions based upon the Federal program 
provisions for which the State is applying for authorization and which 
were issued by EPA prior to the effective date of this authorization. 
EPA will suspend issuance of any further permits under the provisions 
for which the State is being authorized on the effective date of this 
authorization.
    Alabama is today seeking authority to administer the following 
Federal requirements.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               FR                               
             Federal requirement                      FR reference        promulgation       State authority    
                                                                              date                              
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Checklist 44 B...............................  52 FR 45788..............       12/1/87  335-14-5-.06(11)(e),(e)1
                                                                                         ,2                     
                                                                                        335-14-5.06(12)(c)      
    HSWA Codification Rule; Corrective Action                                                                   
     Beyond Facility Boundary                                                                                   
Checklist 44 C...............................  52 FR 45788..............       12/1/87  335-6-8-.07             
                                                                                        335-14-6-.01(1)(c)      
    HSWA Codification Rule; Correction Action                                                                   
     for Injection Wells                                                                                        
Checklist 94.................................  56 FR 32688..............        7/17/9  335.1401(3)(c)2.(ii)(II)
                                                                                        335-14-.01(6)(a)2,2.(ii)
                                                                                        335-14-6-.16(1)         
                                                                                        335-14-7-.05(1)(c)(d)   
                                                                                        335-14-7-.08 (1-        
                                                                                         8),(9)(a)(c),(10)      
                                                                                        335-14-7-Appendix I-IV, 
                                                                                         Appendix VII-X         
                                                                                        335-14-8-.02(13)(a)     
                                                                                         2.(ii)(II)(III)        
                                                                                        335-14-8-.02(13)(a)5.(vi
                                                                                         i)                     
                                                                                        335-14-8-.02(13)(a)6,(b)
                                                                                         1                      
                                                                                        335-14-8-.06(5)(b)1,4   
                                                                                        335-14-8-.06(5)(c)2.(i),
                                                                                         2.(ii), 3.(vi),3.(vii) 
                                                                                        335-14-8-.07(4)(f)(g)   
    Burning of Hazardous Waste in Boilers and                                                                   
     Industrial Furnaces; Corrections and                                                                       
     Technical Amendments I                                                                                     
Checklist 96.................................  56 FR 42504..............       8/27/91  335-14-2-.01(2)(d)2,2.(i
                                                                                         -iii)                  
                                                                                        335-14-6-.07(3)(d)2,    
                                                                                         (d)2.(i),(ii)          
                                                                                        335-14-6-.07(4)(a)(b)   
                                                                                        335.14.7-.08(1)(3)(4)(5)
                                                                                         , (9)(a)2(10-13)       
                                                                                        335-14-7-Appendix       
                                                                                         IX,XI,XII              
    Burning of Hazardous Waste in Boilers and                                                                   
     Industrial Furnaces; Technical                                                                             
     Amendments II                                                                                              
Checklist 98.................................  56 FR 43874..............        9/5/91  335-14-7-.08(1)         

[[Page 18283]]

                                                                                                                
    Burning of Hazardous Waste in Boilers and                                                                   
     Industrial Furnaces; Administrative Stay                                                                   
     for Coke Ovens                                                                                             
Checklist 121................................  58 FR 8658...............       2/16/93  335-14-1-.02(1)         
                                                                                        335-14-5-.01(3)         
                                                                                        335-14-5-.06(12)(b)     
                                                                                        335-14-5-.19(1)(a),(1)(a
                                                                                         )1,2                   
                                                                                        335-14-5-19(1)(b)1,(1)(b
                                                                                         )1.(i),(ii)            
                                                                                        335-14-5-.19(1)(b)2,(1)(
                                                                                         c), (1)(c)1-           
                                                                                         (7),(1)d,(1)(e),       
                                                                                         (1)(e)1,2,3,3.(i).3.(ii
                                                                                         ),                     
                                                                                         (1)(e)4,(1)(f),(1)(g),(
                                                                                         1)(h)                  
                                                                                        335-14-5-.19(2)(a-g)    
                                                                                        335-14-6-.01(1)(a)      
                                                                                        335-14-9-.01(2)         
                                                                                        335-14-1-.02(2)         
                                                                                        335-14-8-.04(3)(b)      
    Corrective Action Management Units and                                                                      
     Temporary Units                                                                                            
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Alabama's applications for these program revisions meet all of the 
statutory and regulatory requirements established by RCRA. Accordingly, 
Alabama is granted final authorization to operate its hazardous waste 
program as revised.
    Alabama now has responsibility for permitting treatment, storage, 
and disposal facilities within its borders and carrying out other 
aspects of the RCRA program, subject to the limitations of its program 
revision applications and previously approved authorities. Alabama also 
has primary enforcement responsibilities, although EPA retains the 
right to conduct inspections under Section 3007 of RCRA and to take 
enforcement actions under sections 3008, 3013, and 7003 of RCRA.

Compliance With Executive Order 12866

    The Office of Management and Budget has exempted this rule from the 
requirements of Section 6 of Executive Order 12866.

Unfunded Mandates Reform Act

    Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), P.L. 
104-4, establishes requirements for Federal agencies to assess the 
effects of their regulatory actions on State, local, and tribal 
governments and the private sector. Under section 202 of the UMRA, EPA 
generally must prepare a written statement, including a cost-benefit 
analysis, for proposed and final rules with ``Federal mandates'' that 
may result in expenditures to State, local, and tribal governments, in 
the aggregate, or to the private sector, of $100 million or more in any 
one year. When a written statement is needed for an EPA rule, section 
205 of the UMRA generally requires EPA to identify and consider a 
reasonable number of regulatory alternatives and adopt the least 
costly, most cost-effective or least burdensome alternative that 
achieves the objectives of the rule. The provisions of section 205 do 
not apply when they are inconsistent with applicable law. Moreover, 
section 205 allows EPA to adopt an alternative other than the least 
costly, most cost-effective or least burdensome alternative if the 
Administrator publishes with the final rule an explanation why that 
alternative was not adopted. Before EPA establishes any regulatory 
requirements that may significantly or uniquely affect small 
governments, including tribal governments, it must have developed under 
section 203 of the UMRA a small government agency plan. The plan must 
provide for notifying potentially affected small governments, giving 
them meaningful and timely input in the development of EPA regulatory 
proposals with significant Federal intergovernmental mandates, and 
informing, educating, and advising them on compliance with the 
regulatory requirements.
    EPA has determined that this rule does not contain a Federal 
mandate that may result in expenditures of $100 million or more for 
State, local and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or the private 
sector in any one year. EPA does not anticipate that the approval of 
Alabama's hazardous waste program referenced in today's notice will 
result in annual costs of $100 million or more.
    EPA's approval of state programs generally has a deregulatory 
effect on the private sector because once it is determined that a state 
hazardous waste program meets the requirements of RCRA section 3006(b) 
and the regulations promulgated thereunder at 40 CFR Part 271, owners 
and operators of hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal 
facilities (TSDFs) may take advantage of the flexibility that an 
approved state may exercise. Such flexibility will reduce, not increase 
compliance costs for the private sector. Thus, today's rule is not 
subject to the requirements of sections 202 and 205 of the UMRA.
    EPA has determined that this rule contains no regulatory 
requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect small 
governments. The Agency recognizes that small governments may own and/
or operate TSDFs that will become subject to the requirements of an 
approved state hazardous waste program. However, such small governments 
which own and/or operate TSDFs are already subject to the requirements 
in 40 CFR Parts 264, 265, and 270. Once EPA authorizes a state to 
administer its own hazardous waste program and any revisions to that 
program, these same small governments will be able to own and operate 
their TSDFs with increased levels of flexibility provided under the 
approved state program.

Certification Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act

    Pursuant to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 605(b), I hereby certify 
that this authorization will not have a significant economic impact on 
a substantial number of small entities. This authorization effectively 
suspends the applicability of certain Federal regulations in favor of 
Alabama's program, thereby eliminating duplicative requirements for 
handlers of hazardous waste in the State. It does not impose any new 
burdens on small entities. This rule, therefore, does not require a 
regulatory flexibility analysis.

List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 271

    Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure,

[[Page 18284]]

Confidential business information, Hazardous materials transportation, 
Hazardous waste, Indian lands, Intergovernmental relations, Penalties, 
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Water pollution control, 
Water supply.

    Authority: This notice is issued under the authority of Sections 
2002(a), 3006, and 7004(b) of the Solid Waste Disposal Act as 
amended (42 U.S.C. 6912(a), 6926, 6974(b)).

    Dated: April 4, 1996.
John H. Hankinson, Jr.,
Regional Administrator.
[FR Doc. 96-10102 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10101 North Carolina; Final Authorization of Revisions to State Hazardous Waste Management Program
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18284-18286]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10101]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Part 271

[FRL-5459-1]

North Carolina; Final Authorization of Revisions to State 
Hazardous Waste Management Program

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency.

ACTION: Immediate final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: North Carolina has applied for final authorization of 
revisions to its hazardous waste program under the Resource 
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). North Carolina's revisions 
consist of the provisions contained in rules promulgated between July 
1, 1993, and June 30, 1994, otherwise known as RCRA Cluster IV. These 
requirements are listed in Section B of this notice. The Environmental 
Protection Agency (EPA) has reviewed North Carolina's application and 
has made a decision, subject to public review and comment, that North 
Carolina's hazardous waste program revisions satisfy all of the 
requirements necessary to qualify for final authorization. Thus, EPA 
intends to approve North Carolina's hazardous waste program revisions. 
North Carolina's application for program revisions is available for 
public review and comment.

DATES: Final authorization for North Carolina's program revisions shall 
be effective June 24, 1996, unless EPA publishes a prior Federal 
Register action withdrawing this immediate final rule. All comments on 
North Carolina's program revision application must be received by the 
close of business, May 28, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Copies of North Carolina's program revision application are 
available during normal business hours at the following addresses for 
inspection and copying: North Carolina Department of Environment, 
Health, and Natural Resources, P.O. Box 27687, Raleigh, North Carolina 
27611-7687; U.S. EPA Region 4, Library, 345 Courtland Street, NE, 
Atlanta, Georgia 30365; (404) 347-4216. Written comments should be sent 
to Al Hanke at the address listed below.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Al Hanke, Chief, State Programs 
Section, Waste Programs Branch, Waste Management Division, U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency, 345 Courtland Street, NE, Atlanta, 
Georgia 30365; (404) 347-2234.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

A. Background

    States with final authorization under Section 3006(b) of the 
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (``RCRA'' or ``the Act''), 42 
U.S.C. 6926(b), have a continuing obligation to maintain a hazardous 
waste program that is equivalent to, consistent with, and no less 
stringent than the Federal hazardous waste program.
    In addition, as an interim measure, the Hazardous and Solid Waste 
Amendments of 1984 (Pub. L. 98-616, November 8, 1984, hereinafter 
``HSWA'') allows States to revise their programs to become 
substantially equivalent instead of equivalent to RCRA requirements 
promulgated under HSWA authority. States exercising the latter option 
receive ``interim authorization'' for the HSWA requirements under 
Section 3006(g) of RCRA, 42 U.S.C. 6926(g), and later apply for final 
authorization for the HSWA requirements.
    Revisions to State hazardous waste programs are necessary when 
Federal or State statutory or regulatory authority is modified or when 
certain other changes occur. Most commonly, State program revisions are 
necessitated by changes to EPA's regulations in 40 CFR Parts 260-268 
and 124 and 270.

B. North Carolina

    North Carolina initially received final authorization for its base 
RCRA program effective on December 31, 1984, (49 FR 48694). North 
Carolina most recently received final authorization effective November 
27, 1995, for the provisions of RCRA Cluster III. Today, North Carolina 
is seeking approval of additional program revisions in accordance with 
40 CFR 271.21(b)(3).
    EPA has reviewed North Carolina's application and has made an 
immediate final decision that North Carolina's hazardous waste program 
revisions satisfy all of the requirements necessary to qualify for 
final authorization. Consequently, EPA intends to grant final 
authorization for the additional program modifications to North 
Carolina. The public may submit written comments on EPA's immediate 
final decision up until May 28, 1996.
    Copies of North Carolina's application for these program revisions 
are available for inspection and copying at the locations indicated in 
the ``Addresses'' section of this notice.
    Approval of North Carolina's program revisions shall become 
effective June 24, 1996, unless an adverse comment pertaining to the 
State's revisions discussed in this notice is received by the end of 
the comment period.
    If an adverse comment is received EPA will publish either (1) a 
withdrawal of the immediate final decision or (2) a notice containing a 
response to comments which either affirms that the immediate final 
decision takes effect or reverses the decision.
    EPA shall administer any RCRA hazardous waste permits, or portions 
of permits that contain conditions based upon the Federal program 
provisions for which the State is applying for authorization and which 
were issued by EPA prior to the effective date of this authorization. 
EPA will suspend issuance of any further permits under the provisions 
for which the State is being authorized on the effective date of this 
authorization.
    North Carolina is today seeking authority to administer the 
following Federal requirements promulgated between July 1, 1993, and 
June 30, 1994.

[[Page 18285]]

                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Federal requirement              HSWA or FR reference        Promulgation           State authority  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHECKLIST 125 Boilers and Industrial       58 FR 38816..........  July 20, 1993...........  N.C.G.S. 130A-      
 Furnaces; Changes for Consistency with                                                      294(c)(1)          
 New Air Regulations.                                                                       N.C.G.S. 130A-      
                                                                                             294(c)(7)          
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 130A-      
                                                                                             294(c)(15)         
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 150B-21.6  
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0001(e)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0011(e)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0011(f)
CHECKLIST 126 Testing and Monitoring       58 FR 46040..........  Aug. 31, 1993...........  N.C.G.S. 130A-      
 Activities.                                                                                 294(c)(1)          
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 130A-      
                                                                                             294(c)(1a)         
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 130A-      
                                                                                             294(c)(2)          
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 130A-      
                                                                                             294(c)(7)          
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 130A-      
                                                                                             294(c)(14)         
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 130A-      
                                                                                             294(c)(15)         
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 150B-21.6  
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0001(e)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0003(b)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0006(c)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0006(e)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0009(k)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0009(o)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0010(n)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0010(j)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0012(a)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0012(c)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0012(e)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0013(a)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0013(b)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0013(i)
CHECKLIST 127 Boilers and Industrial       58 FR 59598..........  Nov. 9, 1993............  N.C.G.S. 130A-      
 Furnaces; Administrative Stay and                                                           294(c)(1)          
 Interim Standards for Bevill Residues.                                                     N.C.G.S. 130A-      
                                                                                             294(c)(7)          
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 130A-      
                                                                                             294(c)(15)         
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 150B-21.6  
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0011(e)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0011(f)
CHECKLIST 128 Waste from the use of        59 FR 458............  Jan. 4, 1994............  N.C.G.S. 130A-      
 Chlorophenolic Formulations in Wood                                                         294(c)(1)          
 Surface Protection.                                                                        N.C.G.S. 130A-      
                                                                                             294(c)(15)         
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 150B-21.6  
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0001(e)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0006(e)
CHECKLIST 129 Revision of Conditional      59 FR 8362...........  Feb. 18, 1994...........  N.C.G.S. 130A-      
 Exemption for Small Scale Treatability                                                      294(c)(1)          
 Studies.                                                                                   N.C.G.S. 130A-      
                                                                                             294(c)(15)         
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 150B-21.6  
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0006(a)
CHECKLIST 130 Recycled Used Oil            59 FR 10550..........  Mar. 4, 1994............  N.C.G.S. 130A-294(b)
 Management Standards; Technical                                                            N.C.G.S. 130A-      
 Amendments and Correction II.                                                               294(c)(1)          
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 130A-      
                                                                                             294(c)(15)         
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 150B-21.6  
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0018(a)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0018(b)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0018(c)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0018(e)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0018(f)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0018(g)
CHECKLIST 131 Recordkeeping Instruction:   59 FR 13891..........  Mar. 24, 1994...........  N.C.G.S. 130A-      
 Technical Amendments.                                                                       294(c)(2)          
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 130A-      
                                                                                             294(c)(15)         
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 150B-21.6  
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0009(y)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0010(v)
CHECKLIST 132 Wood Surface Protection;     59 FR 28484..........  June 2, 1994............  N.C.G.S. 130A-      
 Correction.                                                                                 294(c)(1)          
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 130A-      
                                                                                             294(c)(15)         
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 150B-21.6  
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0001(e)
CHECKLIST 133 Letter of Credit Revision..  59 FR 29958..........  June 10, 1994...........  N.C.G.S. 130A-      
                                                                                             294(c)(7)          
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 130A-      
                                                                                             294(c)(10)         
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 130A-      
                                                                                             294(c)(15)         
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 150B-21.6  
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0009(i)

[[Page 18286]]

                                                                                                                
CHECKLIST 134 Correction of Beryllium      59 FR 31551..........  June 20, 1994...........  N.C.G.S. 130A-      
 Powder (PO15) Listing.                                                                      294(c)(1)          
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 130A-      
                                                                                             294(c)(7)          
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 130A-      
                                                                                             294(c)(15)         
                                                                                            N.C.G.S. 150B-21.6  
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0006(d)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0006(e)
                                                                                            15A NCAC 13A.0012(c)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Decision

    I conclude that North Carolina's application for these program 
revisions meets all of the statutory and regulatory requirements 
established by RCRA. Accordingly, North Carolina is granted final 
authorization to operate its hazardous waste program as revised.
    North Carolina now has responsibility for permitting treatment, 
storage, and disposal facilities within its borders and carrying out 
other aspects of the RCRA program, subject to the limitations of its 
program revision application and previously approved authorities. North 
Carolina also has primary enforcement responsibilities, although EPA 
retains the right to conduct inspections under Section 3007 of RCRA and 
to take enforcement actions under sections 3008, 3013, and 7003 of 
RCRA.

Compliance With Executive Order 12866

    The Office of Management and Budget has exempted this rule from the 
requirements of Section 6 of Executive Order 12866.

Unfunded Mandates Reform Act

    Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), Public 
Law 104-4, establishes requirements for Federal agencies to assess the 
effects of their regulatory actions on State, local, and tribal 
governments and the private sector. Under section 202 of the UMRA, EPA 
generally must prepare a written statement, including a cost-benefit 
analysis, for proposed and final rules with ``Federal mandates'' that 
may result in expenditures to State, local, and tribal governments, in 
the aggregate, or to the private sector, of $100 million or more in any 
one year. When a written statement is needed for an EPA rule, section 
205 of the UMRA generally requires EPA to identify and consider a 
reasonable number of regulatory alternatives and adopt the least 
costly, most cost-effective or least burdensome alternative that 
achieves the objectives of the rule. The provisions of section 205 do 
not apply when they are inconsistent with applicable law. Moreover, 
section 205 allows EPA to adopt an alternative other than the least 
costly, most cost-effective or least burdensome alternative if the 
Administrator publishes with the final rule an explanation why that 
alternative was not adopted. Before EPA establishes any regulatory 
requirements that may significantly or uniquely affect small 
governments, including tribal governments, it must have developed under 
section 203 of the UMRA a small government agency plan. The plan must 
provide for notifying potentially affected small governments, giving 
them meaningful and timely input in the development of EPA regulatory 
proposals with significant Federal intergovernmental mandates, and 
informing, educating, and advising them on compliance with the 
regulatory requirements.
    EPA has determined that this rule does not contain a Federal 
mandate that may result in expenditures of $100 million or more for 
State, local and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or the private 
sector in any one year. EPA does not anticipate that the approval of 
North Carolina's hazardous waste program referenced in today's notice 
will result in annual costs of $100 million or more.
    EPA's approval of state programs generally has a deregulatory 
effect on the private sector because once it is determined that a state 
hazardous waste program meets the requirements of RCRA section 3006(b) 
and the regulations promulgated thereunder at 40 CFR Part 271, owners 
and operators of hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal 
facilities (TSDFs) may take advantage of the flexibility that an 
approved state may exercise. Such flexibility will reduce, not increase 
compliance costs for the private sector. Thus, today's rule is not 
subject to the requirements of sections 202 and 205 of the UMRA.
    EPA has determined that this rule contains no regulatory 
requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect small 
governments. The Agency recognizes that small governments may own and/
or operate TSDFs that will become subject to the requirements of an 
approved state hazardous waste program. However, such small governments 
which own and/or operate TSDFs are already subject to the requirements 
in 40 CFR Parts 264, 265, and 270. Once EPA authorizes a state to 
administer its own hazardous waste program and any revisions to that 
program, these same small governments will be able to own and operate 
their TSDFs with increased levels of flexibility provided under the 
approved state program.

Certification Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act

    Pursuant to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 605(b), I hereby certify 
that this authorization will not have a significant economic impact on 
a substantial number of small entities. This authorization effectively 
suspends the applicability of certain Federal regulations in favor of 
North Carolina's program, thereby eliminating duplicative requirements 
for handlers of hazardous waste in the State. It does not impose any 
new burdens on small entities. This rule, therefore, does not require a 
regulatory flexibility analysis.

List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 271

    Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, 
Confidential business information, Hazardous materials transportation, 
Hazardous waste, Indian lands, Intergovernmental relations, Penalties, 
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Water pollution control, 
Water supply.

    Authority: This notice is issued under the authority of Sections 
2002(a), 3006 and 7004(b) of the Solid Waste Disposal Act as amended 
(42 U.S.C. 6912(a), 6926, 6974(b)).

    Dated: April 4, 1996.
Phyllis P. Harris,
Acting Regional Administrator.
[FR Doc. 96-10101 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10100 National Oil and Hazardous Sustances Contingency Plan National Priorities List
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18286-18287]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10100]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 18287]]

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Part 300

[FRL-5458-9]

National Oil and Hazardous Sustances Contingency Plan National 
Priorities List

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

ACTION: Notice of deletion of Lee's Lane Superfund Site, Louisville, 
Kentucky from the National Priorities List.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) announces the 
deletion of the Lees Lane Superfund Site in Louisville, Kentucky, from 
the National Priorities List (NPL), which is Appendix B of 40 CFR Part 
300 of the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Contingency Plan 
(NCP). EPA and the Commonwealth of Kentucky have determined that all 
appropriate Fund-financed responses under the Comprehensive 
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA), as 
amended, have been implemented and that no further cleanup is 
appropriate. Moreover, EPA and the Commonwealth of Kentucky determined 
that response actions conducted at the site to date have been 
protective of public health, welfare, and the environment.

EFFECTIVE DATE: May 1, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Liza Montalvo, Remedial Project 
Manager, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, North 
Superfund Remedial Branch, 345 Courtland Street NE., Atlanta, GA 30365, 
(404) 347-7791, extension 2030.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The site to be deleted from the NPL is: Lees 
Lane Landfill Superfund Site, Louisville, Kentucky.
    A Notice of Intent to Delete for this site was published on May 16, 
1988 (SW-FRL-3380-7). A Revised Notice of Intent to Delete was 
published on February 14, 1992 (FRL-4102-6). The closing date for 
comments on the Revised Notice of Intent to Delete was March 16, 1992. 
EPA received two comment letters, one from the Kentucky Resources 
Council (KRC) and the other from the Kentucky Natural Resources and 
Environmental Protection Cabinet (KNREPC). The KRC expressed its 
opposition to the Site's deletion stating that the remedy was not fully 
protective of the environment. EPA responded that the selected remedy 
protected human health and the environment by mitigating human 
exposures to contaminated Site media, and reducing continued 
uncontrolled releases to the environment. The KNREPC stated in its 
letter that the drums of hazardous waste which were discovered and 
removed from the Site in March 1992 by KNREPC were apparently left from 
the original disposal activities but had not been addressed by EPA's 
response action. EPA replied that such drums were likely placed there 
in the months preceding their discovery, and were not left on the Site 
at the close of EPA's response actions, or during the conduct of O&M 
activities. The KRC and the KNREPC expressed in their respective 
letters that the scope of waste disposal activities were never fully 
characterized at the Site. EPA responded that the estimated volume of 
waste buried at the Site was 2,400,000 yd \3\. EPA also explained the 
basis for this estimate, and how the Site was characterized. These 
comments and EPA's responses are documented in more detail in the 
Responsiveness Summary which is available through the EPA Region 4 
public docket located at EPA's Region 4 Office, 345 Courtland, St, 
N.E., Atlanta, Ga., 30365.
    EPA identifies sites that appear to present a significant risk to 
public health, welfare, or the environment and it maintains the NPL as 
the list of those sites. Any site deleted from the NPL remains eligible 
for Fund-financed remedial actions in the unlikely event that 
conditions at the site warrant such action in the future. Section 
300.425(e)(3) of the NCP states that Fund-financed actions may be taken 
at sites deleted from the NPL. Deletion of a site from the NPL does not 
affect responsible party liability or impede agency efforts to recover 
costs associated with response efforts.

List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 300

    Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Chemicals, 
Hazardous waste, Hazardous substances, Intergovernmental relations, 
Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Superfund, Water 
pollution control, Water supply.

    Dated: March 25, 1996.
Phyllis P. Harris,
Acting Regional Administrator, USEPA Region 4.
    For the reasons set out in the preamble, 40 CFR part 300 is amended 
as follows:

PART 300--[AMENDED]

    The authority citation for part 300 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1321(c)(2); 42 U.S.C. 9601-9657; E.O. 
12777, 56 FR 54757; 3 CFR 1991 Comp., p. 351; E.O. 12580, 52 FR 
2923; 3 CFR, 1987 Comp., p. 193.

Appendix B  [Amended]

    2. Table 1 of appendix B to part 300 is amended by removing the 
site Lees Lane Landfill, Louisville, Kentucky.

[FR Doc. 96-10100 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10099 State of Tennessee Request for Approval of Section 112(l) Authority
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18280-18281]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10099]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Part 63

[FRL-5458-7]

State of Tennessee Request for Approval of Section 112(l) 
Authority

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

ACTION: Direct final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: State of Tennessee has applied for approval of its Rule No. 
1200-3-11-.08, Emission Standards for Emissions of Radionuclides Other 
Than Radon From Department of Energy Facilities; and also Rule No. 
1200-3-11-.17, National Emission Standard for Radon Emissions From 
Department of Energy Facilities, under section 112(l) of the Clean Air 
Act (CAA) as amended November 15, 1990. The Environmental Protection 
Agency (EPA) has reviewed the State of Tennessee's submittal and has 
made the decision that the State of Tennessee's Rule No. 1200-3-11-.08 
and Rule No. 1200-3-11-.17, satisfies all of the requirements necessary 
to qualify as a complete submittal. Thus, the EPA intends to take 
comment on whether the State of Tennessee's Rule No. 1200-3-11-.08 and 
Rule No. 1200-

[[Page 18281]]

3-11-.17, should be implemented and enforced in place of the EPA's 40 
CFR part 61, subpart H, and 40 CFR part 61, subpart Q, respectively. 
The State of Tennessee's submittal is available for public review and 
comment.

DATES: This action will be effective on June 10, 1996 unless adverse or 
critical comments are received by May 28, 1996. If the effective date 
is delayed, timely notice will be published in the Federal Register.
ADDRESSES: Copies of the State of Tennessee's submittal are available 
during normal business hours at the following addresses for inspection 
and copying:
Division of Air Pollution Control, Tennessee Department of Environment 
and Conservation, L & C Annex, 9th Floor, 401 Church Street, Nashville, 
Tennessee;
U.S. EPA Headquarters Library, PM 211A, 401 M Street, SW., Washington, 
DC 20460, Phone: (202) 382-5926; and
U.S. EPA Region 4, Regional Library, 345 Courtland St., NE., Atlanta, 
GA 30365, Phone: (404) 347-3555, x6050.
Written comments should be sent to Douglas Neeley, EPA Region 4, Air 
Programs Branch, 345 Courtland St, NE., Atlanta, GA 30365, Phone: (404) 
347-3555, x4176, and should be submitted concurrently to Mr. John W. 
Walton, P.E., Director, Division of Air Pollution Control, Tennessee 
Department of Environment and Conservation, L & C Annex, 9th Floor, 401 
Church Street, Nashville, Tennessee 37243-1531, Phone: (615) 532-0554.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: 
Lee Page, EPA Region 4, Air Programs Branch, 345 Courtland St, NE., 
Atlanta, GA 30365, Phone: (404) 347-3555, x4199.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

A. Background.

    Section 112(l) of the Clean Air Act as amended in 1990, enables the 
EPA to approve State air toxics programs or rules to operate in place 
of the Federal air toxics program. Approval is granted by the EPA if 
the Agency finds that the State program or rule: (1) is ``no less 
stringent'' than the corresponding Federal rule or program, (2) 
provides adequate authority and resources, (3) provides a schedule for 
implementation and compliance that is sufficiently expeditious, and (4) 
is otherwise in compliance with Federal guidance.
    B. The State of Tennessee rule 1200-3-11-.08, Emission Standards 
for Emissions of Radionuclides Other Than Radon From Department of 
Energy Facilities, and rule 1200-3-11-.17, National Emission Standards 
for Radon Emissions From Department of Energy Facilities, are verbatim 
the Federal rules 40 CFR part 61, subpart H, and 40 CFR part 61, 
subpart Q, respectively.
    EPA is approving the State of Tennessee's rule No. 1200-3-11-.08 
and rule No. 1200-3-11-.17, as a direct final rule without prior 
proposal because the Agency views this as a noncontroversial delegation 
request and anticipates no adverse comments. If no adverse comments are 
received in response to this direct final rule, no further activity is 
contemplated. If EPA receives adverse comments, the direct final rule 
will be withdrawn and all public comments received will be addressed in 
a subsequent action. Any parties interested in commenting on this 
action should do so at this time.

List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 63

    Environmental protection, Air Pollution control, Hazardous 
substances, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

    Authority: This notice is issued under the authority of Title 
III of the Clean Air Act as amended, 42 U.S.C. 2399.

    Dated: March 12, 1996.
Bruce P. Miller,
Acting Division Director.
[FR Doc. 96-10099 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-10075 Airworthiness Directives; Societe Nationale Industrielle Aerospatiale and Eurocopter France Model SA-365N, N1, and N2 Helicopters
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 81 (Thursday, April 25, 1996)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 18236-18238]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-10075]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

Federal Aviation Administration

14 CFR Part 39

[Docket No. 95-SW-01-AD; Amendment 39-9577; AD 96-09-03]

Airworthiness Directives; Societe Nationale Industrielle 
Aerospatiale and Eurocopter France Model SA-365N, N1, and N2 
Helicopters

AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration, DOT.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This amendment adopts a new airworthiness directive (AD), 
applicable to Societe Nationale Industrielle Aerospatiale and 
Eurocopter France Model SA-365N, N1,

[[Page 18237]]

and N2 helicopters, that requires an inspection of the door jettison 
systems to determine if the handle shafts are locked to the jettison 
systems. If the inspection indicates the handle shafts are locked to 
the jettison systems, this AD requires installation of a snapwire on 
the jettison systems and a visual inspection of the door jettison 
handles to determine whether two spring pins are installed, and 
installation of a second spring pin, if necessary. If the initial 
inspection indicates that the handle shafts are not locked to the 
jettison systems, this AD requires replacement of the sheared spring 
pin with two spring pins. This amendment is prompted by a factory 
inspection performed by the manufacturer that revealed that the forward 
passenger door jettison handles may have been fitted with one spring 
pin instead of two spring pins at the door jettison handle attachment 
points. The actions specified by this AD are intended to prevent a loss 
of the doors in flight and subsequent damage to the horizontal 
stabilizer, main fin, or lateral fins.

EFFECTIVE DATE: May 30, 1996.

ADDRESSES: The service information referenced in this AD may be 
obtained from American Eurocopter Corporation, 2701 Forum Drive, Grand 
Prairie, Texas 75053-4005. This information may be examined at the FAA, 
Office of the Assistant Chief Counsel, 2601 Meacham Blvd., Room 663, 
Fort Worth, Texas.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mr. Richard Monschke, Aerospace 
Engineer, Rotorcraft Standards Staff, FAA, Rotorcraft Directorate, 2601 
Meacham Blvd., Fort Worth, Texas 76137, telephone (817) 222-5116, fax 
(817) 222-5961.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: A proposal to amend part 39 of the Federal 
Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 39) to include an airworthiness 
directive (AD) that is applicable to Societe Nationale Industrielle 
Aerospatiale and Eurocopter France Model SA-365N, N1, and N2 
helicopters was published in the Federal Register on November 2, 1995 
(60 FR 55681). That action proposed to require, within 30 days after 
the effective date of the AD, an inspection of the door jettison 
systems to determine if the handle shafts were locked to the jettison 
systems. If the inspection indicated the handle shafts were locked to 
the jettison systems, that action proposed to require installation of a 
snapwire on the jettison systems and within 500 hours time-in-service, 
a visual inspection of the door jettison handles to determine whether 
two spring pins were installed, and installation of a second spring 
pin, if necessary. If the initial inspection indicated that the handle 
shafts were not locked to the jettison systems, the action proposed to 
require, before further flight, replacement of the sheared spring pin 
with two spring pins.
    Interested persons have been afforded an opportunity to participate 
in the making of this amendment. No comments were received on the 
proposal or the FAA's determination of the cost to the public. The FAA 
has determined that air safety and the public interest require the 
adoption of the rule as proposed, except for various non-substantive 
editorial changes and deleting the incorporation by reference of the 
service bulletin. The FAA has determined that these changes will 
neither increase the economic burden on any operator nor increase the 
scope of the AD.
    The FAA estimates that 27 helicopters of U.S. registry will be 
affected by this AD, that it will take approximately 8 work hours per 
helicopter to accomplish the actions, and that the average labor rate 
is $60 per work hour. Required parts will cost approximately $230 per 
helicopter. Based on these figures, the total cost impact of the AD on 
U.S. operators is estimated to be $19,170.
    The regulations adopted herein will not have substantial direct 
effects on the States, on the relationship between the national 
government and the States, or on the distribution of power and 
responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in 
accordance with Executive Order 12612, it is determined that this final 
rule does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant the 
preparation of a Federalism Assessment.
    For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this action (1) is 
not a ``significant regulatory action'' under Executive Order 12866; 
(2) is not a ``significant rule'' under DOT Regulatory Policies and 
Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); and (3) will not have a 
significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial 
number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory 
Flexibility Act. A final evaluation has been prepared for this action 
and it is contained in the Rules Docket. A copy of it may be obtained 
from the Rules Docket at the location provided under the caption 
ADDRESSES.

List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39

    Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Safety.

Adoption of the Amendment

    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the 
Administrator, the Federal Aviation Administration amends part 39 of 
the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 39) as follows:

PART 39--AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES

    1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.

Sec. 39.13  [Amended]

    2. Section 39.13 is amended by adding a new airworthiness directive 
to read as follows:

AD 96-09-03 Societe Nationale Industrielle Aerospatiale and 
Eurocopter France (Eurocopter France): Amendment 39-9577. Docket No. 
95-SW-01-AD.

    Applicability: Model SA-365N, N1, and N2 helicopters, serial 
numbers (S/N) 6008, 6033, 6083, 6084, 6085, 6093, 6120 and higher 
that have not been modified in accordance with Avis De Modification 
(AMS) 365A07-56B15, certificated in any category.

    Note 1: This AD applies to each helicopter identified in the 
preceding applicability provision, regardless of whether it has been 
modified, altered, or repaired in the area subject to the 
requirements of this AD. For helicopters that have been modified, 
altered, or repaired so that the performance of the requirements of 
this AD is affected, the owner/operator must use the authority 
provided in paragraph (b) to request approval from the FAA. This 
approval may address either no action, if the current configuration 
eliminates the unsafe condition, or different actions necessary to 
address the unsafe condition described in this AD. Such a request 
should include an assessment of the effect of the changed 
configuration on the unsafe condition addressed by this AD. In no 
case does the presence of any modification, alteration, or repair 
remove any helicopter from the applicability of this AD.
    Compliance: Required as indicated, unless accomplished 
previously.
    To prevent a loss of the doors in flight and subsequent damage 
to the horizontal stabilizer, main fin, or lateral fins, accomplish 
the following:
    (a) Within 30 days after the effective date of this AD, for both 
the left and right forward passenger door jettison systems, cut the 
snapwire on the door jettison handle, and, without turning the 
handle completely, determine whether the handle is locked to the 
jettison mechanism.
    (1) If the door jettison handle shaft is locked to the jettison 
system,
    (i) Install the snapwire, part number (P/N) L23321, or annealed 
copper safety wire, black enameled, 0.3mm diameter, on each door 
jettison handle.
    (ii) Within 500 hours time-in-service (TIS) after the effective 
date of this AD, accomplish the following in accordance with the 
applicable maintenance manual:
    (A) Remove the doors and remove the trimming panels from the 
passenger door posts. Visually inspect each door to determine 
whether two spring pins are installed to fasten each jettison 
handle.

[[Page 18238]]

    (B) If only one spring pin is installed, install a second spring 
pin.
    (C) Reinstall the trimming panel.
    (D) Reinstall the door.
    (E) Install the snapwire as specified in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of 
this AD.
    (2) If a door jettison handle shaft is not locked to the 
jettison system, before further flight, accomplish the following.
    (i) Remove the door and the trimming panel.
    (ii) Remove the sheared spring pin.
    (iii) Replace the sheared spring pin with two spring pins.
    (iv) Reinstall the door trimming panels.
    (v) Reinstall the door.
    (vi) Install the snapwire as described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of 
this AD.

    Note 2: Eurocopter Service Bulletin SA 365, No. 01.38, dated 
January 31, 1994, pertains to this AD.

    (b) An alternative method of compliance or adjustment of the 
compliance time that provides an acceptable level of safety may be 
used when approved by the Manager, Rotorcraft Standards Staff, FAA, 
Rotorcraft Directorate. Operators shall submit their requests 
through an FAA Principal Maintenance Inspector, who may concur or 
comment and then send it to the Manager, Rotorcraft Standards Staff.

    Note 3: Information concerning the existence of approved 
alternative methods of compliance with this AD, if any, may be 
obtained from the Rotorcraft Standards Staff.

    (c) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with 
sections 21.197 and 21.199 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 
CFR 21.197 and 21.199) to operate the helicopter to a location where 
the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.
    (d) This amendment becomes effective on May 30, 1996.

    Issued in Fort Worth, Texas, on April 18, 1996.
Eric Bries,
Acting Manager, Rotorcraft Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.
[FR Doc. 96-10075 Filed 4-24-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-13-U

Complete official Federal Register PDF

Continue your research in ChatGPT or Claude

Connect Omnilex to search the legal corpus from your AI assistant.